*** empty log message ***
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14807 56557))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
151
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
156
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
162
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
165
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 name and site.
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
172
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
175
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
182
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
185
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
188
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
191
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
194
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
197
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
203
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
205
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
210
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
213
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
216
217 ;;;***
218 \f
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14660
221 ;;;;;; 49405))
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
223
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
234
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
243
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
256
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
260
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
263 BODY... )
264
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
279
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
284
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
287
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
290
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
293
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
298
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
304 during preloading.
305
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
307
308 ;;;***
309 \f
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 12922))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
314
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
322
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
326
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
331
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
342 options.
343
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
346
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
351
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
355
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil)
362
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
370
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil)
378
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
381
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
384
385 ;;;***
386 \f
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14729 20675))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
391
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
398
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
400
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
402
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
404
405 ;;;***
406 \f
407 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
408 ;;;;;; (14642 37233))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
410
411 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
413 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
414
415 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
416 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
417 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
418
419 ;;;***
420 \f
421 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
422 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
423 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
424 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 41837))
425 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
426
427 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
428 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
429 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
430 as the first thing on a line.")
431
432 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
433 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
434
435 (defvar appt-audible t "\
436 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
437
438 (defvar appt-visible t "\
439 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
440
441 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
442 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
443
444 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
445 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
446
447 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
448 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
449
450 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
451 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
452 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
453
454 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
455 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
456 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
457
458 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
459 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
460
461 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
462 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
463 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
464 put in the appointments list.
465 02/23/89
466 12:00pm lunch
467 Wednesday
468 10:00am group meeting
469 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
470 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
471 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
472
473 ;;;***
474 \f
475 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
476 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14812
477 ;;;;;; 23964))
478 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
479
480 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
481 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
482
483 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
486 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
487 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
488 normal variables." t nil)
489
490 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
491
492 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
493 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
494 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
495 noninteractive functions.
496
497 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
498 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
499
500 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
501 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
502 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
503 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
504 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
505
506 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
507 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
508 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
509 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
510 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
511
512 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
513 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
514 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
515 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
516 bindings.
517 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
518
519 ;;;***
520 \f
521 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14826
522 ;;;;;; 51988))
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
524
525 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
526 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
527 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
528 Letters no longer insert themselves.
529 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
530 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
531
532 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
533 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
534 archive.
535
536 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
537
538 ;;;***
539 \f
540 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14777 22130))
541 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
542
543 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
544 Major mode for editing arrays.
545
546 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
547 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
548 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
549
550 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
551
552 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
553 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
554 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
555
556 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
557 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
558 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
559 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
560 The variables are:
561
562 Variables you assign:
563 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
564 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
565 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
566 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
567 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
568 row numbers in the buffer.
569
570 Variables which are calculated:
571 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
572 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
573
574 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
575 take a numeric prefix argument):
576
577 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
578 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
579 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
580 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
581
582 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
583 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
584 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
585 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
586
587 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
588 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
589 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
590 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
591
592 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
593 between that of point and mark.
594
595 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
596 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
597
598 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
599 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
600 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
601 newlines inside rows)
602
603 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
604
605 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
606
607 ;;;***
608 \f
609 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14807
610 ;;;;;; 56561))
611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
612
613 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
614 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
615 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
616
617 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
618 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
619 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
620 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
621
622 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
623 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
624
625 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
626 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
627
628 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
629
630 Special commands:
631 \\{asm-mode-map}
632 " t nil)
633
634 ;;;***
635 \f
636 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-authors authors) "authors" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
637 ;;;;;; (14849 35128))
638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/authors.el
639
640 (autoload (quote authors) "authors" "\
641 Extract author information from change logs and Lisp source files.
642 ROOT is the root directory under which to find the files. If called
643 interactively, ROOT is read from the minibuffer. Result is a
644 buffer *Authors* containing authorship information." t nil)
645
646 (autoload (quote batch-update-authors) "authors" "\
647 Produce an AUTHORS file.
648 Call this function in batch mode with two command line arguments FILE
649 and ROOT. FILE is the file to write, ROOT is the root directory of
650 the Emacs source tree, from which to build the file." nil nil)
651
652 ;;;***
653 \f
654 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
655 ;;;;;; (14777 22130))
656 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
657
658 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
659 Obsolete.")
660
661 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
662 This command is obsolete." t nil)
663
664 ;;;***
665 \f
666 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
667 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
668 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
669
670 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
671 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
672 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
674 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
675
676 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
677
678 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
679
680 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
681 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
682 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
683 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
684 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
685 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
686 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
687 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
688 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
689 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
690
691 For example:
692 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
693 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
694 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
695 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
696 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
697
698 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
699
700 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
701 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
702 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
704 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
705
706 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
707
708 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
709
710 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
711 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
712 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
713 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
714 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
715 &c to supply digit arguments.
716
717 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
718
719 ;;;***
720 \f
721 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
722 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
724
725 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
726 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
727
728 ;;;***
729 \f
730 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
731 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14855 56552))
732 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
733
734 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
735 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
736 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
737
738 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
739 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
740 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
741 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
742
743 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
744 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
745 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
747 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
748
749 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
750
751 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
752
753 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
754 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
755 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
756 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
757
758 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
759 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
760
761 ;;;***
762 \f
763 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
764 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
765 ;;;;;; (14659 23014))
766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
767
768 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
769 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
770 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
771
772 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
773 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
774 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
775
776 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
777 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
778 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
779
780 ;;;***
781 \f
782 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
783 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
784 ;;;;;; (14777 22132))
785 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
786
787 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
788 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
789
790 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
791 instead.")
792
793 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
794 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
795
796 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
797 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
798
799 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
800
801 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
802
803 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
804 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
805
806 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
807 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
808 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
809
810 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
811 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
812
813 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
814 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
815
816 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
817 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
818
819 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
820 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
821 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
822
823 ;;;***
824 \f
825 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
826 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14777 22132))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
828
829 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
830 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
831 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
833 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
834
835 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
836
837 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
838
839 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
840 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
841 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
842 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
843
844 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
845 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
846 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
847
848 Effects of the different modes:
849 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
850 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
851 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
852 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
853 a random distance & direction.
854 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
855 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
856 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
857
858 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
859
860 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
861 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
862 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
863
864 ;;;***
865 \f
866 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
867 ;;;;;; 32223))
868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
869
870 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
871 Major mode for editing AWK code.
872 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
873 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
874 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
875
876 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
877
878 ;;;***
879 \f
880 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
881 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
883
884 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
885 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
886
887 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
888 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
889
890 For example:
891
892 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
893 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
894 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
895 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
896
897 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
898
899 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
900
901 ;;;***
902 \f
903 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
904 ;;;;;; (14821 31343))
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
906
907 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
908 Display battery status information in the echo area.
909 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
910 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
911
912 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
913 Display battery status information in the mode line.
914 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
915 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
916 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
917 seconds." t nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14505
922 ;;;;;; 7809))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
924
925 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
926 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
927
928 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
929 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
930 version information already added. You just need to add a description
931 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
932 message.
933
934
935 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
936
937 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
938 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
939 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
940 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
941 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
942
943 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
944 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
945 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
946 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
947 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
948 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
949
950 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
951 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
952 BibTeX mode.
953
954
955 Special information:
956
957 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
958
959 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
960 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
961 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
962 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
963 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
964 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
965 current field.
966 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
967 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
968
969 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
970 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
971 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
972 bibtex-entry-format.
973 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
974 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
975 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
976
977 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
978 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
979
980 The following may be of interest as well:
981
982 Functions:
983 bibtex-entry
984 bibtex-kill-entry
985 bibtex-yank-pop
986 bibtex-pop-previous
987 bibtex-pop-next
988 bibtex-complete-string
989 bibtex-complete-key
990 bibtex-print-help-message
991 bibtex-generate-autokey
992 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
993 bibtex-end-of-entry
994 bibtex-reposition-window
995 bibtex-mark-entry
996 bibtex-ispell-abstract
997 bibtex-ispell-entry
998 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
999 bibtex-sort-buffer
1000 bibtex-validate
1001 bibtex-count
1002 bibtex-fill-entry
1003 bibtex-reformat
1004 bibtex-convert-alien
1005
1006 Variables:
1007 bibtex-field-delimiters
1008 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1009 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1010 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1011 bibtex-entry-format
1012 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1013 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1014 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1015 bibtex-predefined-strings
1016 bibtex-string-files
1017
1018 ---------------------------------------------------------
1019 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1020 non-nil.
1021
1022 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1023
1024 ;;;***
1025 \f
1026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14849 20131))
1027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1028
1029 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1030
1031 ;;;***
1032 \f
1033 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1034 ;;;;;; 27947))
1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1036
1037 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1038 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1039 the default is 4.
1040
1041 What is blackbox?
1042
1043 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1044 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1045 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1046 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1047 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1048 your score.
1049
1050 Overview of play:
1051
1052 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1053 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1054 four.
1055
1056 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1057 movement keys.
1058
1059 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1060 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1061
1062 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1063 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1064
1065 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1066 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1067 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1068 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1069 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1070 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1071
1072 Details:
1073
1074 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1075
1076 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1077 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1078 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1079 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1080
1081 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1082 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1083 denoted by the letter `R'.
1084
1085 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1086 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1087 denoted by the letter `H'.
1088
1089 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1090 example.
1091
1092 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1093 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1094 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1095 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1096 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1097 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1098 ray.
1099
1100 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1101 degree deflection it causes.
1102
1103 1
1104 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1105 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1106 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1107 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1108 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1109 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1110 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1111 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1112 2 3
1113
1114 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1115 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1116
1117
1118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1119 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1120 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1121 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1122 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1123 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1124 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1125 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1126
1127 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1128 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1129 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1130 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1131 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1132 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1133 emerging from the box.
1134
1135 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1136
1137 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1138 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1139 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1140 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1141 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1142 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1143 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1144 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1145
1146 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1147 a reflection." t nil)
1148
1149 ;;;***
1150 \f
1151 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1152 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1153 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1154 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1155 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1156 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14777 22136))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1158 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1159 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1160 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1161
1162 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1163 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1164 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1165 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1166 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1167 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1168
1169 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1170
1171 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1172
1173 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1174
1175 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1176
1177 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1178
1179 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1180
1181 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1182
1183 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1184
1185 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1186
1187 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1188
1189 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1190
1191 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1192
1193 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1194
1195 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1196
1197 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1198 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1199 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1200 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1201 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1202 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1203 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1204 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1205 recent one.
1206
1207 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1208 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1209 yank successive words.
1210
1211 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1212 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1213 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1214 name of the file being visited.
1215
1216 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1217 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1218 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1219
1220 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1221 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1222 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1223 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1224 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1225 this.
1226
1227 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1228 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1229 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1230 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1231
1232 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1233 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1234 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1235 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1236 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1237
1238 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1239 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1240 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1241 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1242
1243 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1244
1245 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1246 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1247 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1248 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1249
1250 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1251 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1252 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1253
1254 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1255 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1256 name." t nil)
1257
1258 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1259 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1260 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1261 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1262 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1263 this." t nil)
1264
1265 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1266 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1267 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1268 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1269 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1270 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1271 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1272 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1273
1274 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1275 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1276 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1277
1278 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1279 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1280 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1281 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1282 \(second argument).
1283
1284 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1285 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1286 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1287 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1288 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1289
1290 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1291 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1292 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1293 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1294
1295 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1296 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1297 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1298 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1299 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1300 while loading.
1301
1302 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1303 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1304 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1305 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1306 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1307 explicitly.
1308
1309 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1310 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1311 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1312 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1313
1314 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1315 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1316 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1317 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1318 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1319
1320 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1321
1322 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1323
1324 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1325 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1326 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1327 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1328 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1329 this.
1330
1331 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1332 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1333 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1334
1335 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1336 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1337 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1338 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1339 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1340 this.
1341
1342 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1343 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1344 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1345
1346 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1347 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1348 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1349
1350 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1351 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1352 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1353
1354 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1355 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1356 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1357 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1358 prompts for NEWNAME.
1359 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1360 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1361 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1362
1363 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1364 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1365 name.
1366
1367 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1368 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1369 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1370
1371 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1372 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1373 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1374 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1375 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1376 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1377
1378 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1379 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1380 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1381
1382 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1383
1384 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1385
1386 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1387
1388 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1389
1390 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1391
1392 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1393
1394 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1395
1396 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1397
1398 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1399
1400 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1401
1402 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1403
1404 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1405
1406 ;;;***
1407 \f
1408 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1409 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1410 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1411 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
1412 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
1413 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
1414 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
1415 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1416 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14821 31351))
1417 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1418
1419 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1420 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1421 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1422 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1423
1424 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1425 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1426 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1427 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1428 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1429
1430 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1431 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1432 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1433 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1434 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1435
1436 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1437 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1438
1439 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1440 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1441 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1442
1443 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1444 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1445
1446 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1447 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1448 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1449 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1450 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1451 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1452
1453 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1454 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1455 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1456 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1457 narrowed." t nil)
1458
1459 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1460 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1461
1462 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1463 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1464
1465 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1466 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1467 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1468 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1469
1470 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1471 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1472 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1473 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1474
1475 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1476 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1477 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1478 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1479 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1480 to use." t nil)
1481
1482 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1483 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1484 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1485 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1486
1487 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1488 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1489 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1490 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1491
1492 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1493 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1494
1495 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1496 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1497 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1498 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1499
1500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1501 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1502 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1503 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1504
1505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1507
1508 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1510
1511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1513 program is invoked according to the variable
1514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1515
1516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1520
1521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1523
1524 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1525 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1526 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1527
1528 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1529 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1530 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1531 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1532
1533 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1534 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1535 Default to the URL around or before point.
1536
1537 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1538 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1539 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1540
1541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1542 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1543 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1544 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1545
1546 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1547 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1548
1549 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1550 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1551 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1552
1553 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1554 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1555 Default to the URL around or before point.
1556
1557 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1558 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1559 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1560
1561 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1562 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1563
1564 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1565 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1566 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1567 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1568
1569 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1570 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1571 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1572 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1573 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1574
1575 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1576 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1577 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1578 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1579
1580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1581 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1584
1585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1587
1588 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1589 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1590 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1591
1592 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1593 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1594 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1595 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1596 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1597 current one.
1598
1599 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1600 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1601 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1602 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1603
1604 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1605 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1606
1607 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1612 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1613
1614 ;;;***
1615 \f
1616 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1617 ;;;;;; 42538))
1618 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1619
1620 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1621 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1622
1623 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1624 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1625
1626 ;;;***
1627 \f
1628 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1629 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14777 22138))
1630 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1631
1632 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1633 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1634 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1635 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1636
1637 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1638 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1641
1642 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1643 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1644
1645 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1646 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1647 \\<bs-mode-map>
1648 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1649 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1650 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1651 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1652
1653 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1654 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1655 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1656 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1657 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1658
1659 ;;;***
1660 \f
1661 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1662 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1663 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1664 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14859 7672))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1666
1667 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1668 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1669 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1670
1671 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1672 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1673 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1674 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1675
1676 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1677 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1678 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1679 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1680
1681 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1682
1683 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1684 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1685
1686 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1687 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1688 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1689 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1690 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1691
1692 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1693 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1694 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1695 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1696
1697 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1698 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1699 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1700
1701 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1702 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1703 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1704 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1705 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1706 all functions called by those functions.
1707
1708 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1709 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1710 cons, etc.).
1711
1712 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1713 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1714 invoked interactively." t nil)
1715
1716 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1717 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1718 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1719 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1720 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1721 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1722
1723 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1724 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1725 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1726 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1727
1728 ;;;***
1729 \f
1730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1732
1733 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1734
1735 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1736
1737 ;;;***
1738 \f
1739 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1740 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1741 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1742
1743 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1744 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1745 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1746 from the cursor position." t nil)
1747
1748 ;;;***
1749 \f
1750 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14777
1751 ;;;;;; 22140))
1752 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1753
1754 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1755 Run the pocket calculator.
1756 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1757
1758 ;;;***
1759 \f
1760 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1761 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1762 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1763 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1764 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1765 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1766 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1767 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1768 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1769 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1770 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1771 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1772 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1773 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1774 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1775 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1776 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
1777 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1778
1779 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1780 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1781 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1782
1783 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1784 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1785 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1786 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1787 the screen.")
1788
1789 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1790 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1791 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1792 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1793 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1794
1795 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1796 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1797 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
1798 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1799 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1800 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1801 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1802
1803 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1804 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1805 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1806 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1807 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1808
1809 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1810 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1811 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1812
1813 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1814 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1815 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1816
1817 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1818 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1819 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1820
1821 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1822 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1823 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1824 displayed.")
1825
1826 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1827 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1828 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1829
1830 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1831 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1832 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1833
1834 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1835
1836 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1837 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1838 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1839
1840 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1841 calendar.")
1842
1843 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1844 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1845 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1846
1847 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1848 calendar.")
1849
1850 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1851 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1852 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1853
1854 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1855 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1856 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1857 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1858 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1859
1860 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1861 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1862 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1863 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1864 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1865 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1866 a function is also provided for this:
1867 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1868
1869 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1870 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1871 date is not visible in the window.
1872
1873 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1874 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1875 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1876
1877 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1878 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1879
1880 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1881 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1882 date is visible in the window.
1883
1884 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1885 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1886 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1887
1888 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1889 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1890
1891 For example,
1892
1893 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1894
1895 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1896
1897 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1898 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1899
1900 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1901
1902 MONTH/DAY
1903 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1904 MONTHNAME DAY
1905 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1906 DAYNAME
1907
1908 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1909 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1910 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1911 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1912 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1913 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1914 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1915 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1916 respectively.
1917
1918 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1919 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1920 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1921
1922 DAY/MONTH
1923 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1924 DAY MONTHNAME
1925 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1926 DAYNAME
1927
1928 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1929 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1930
1931 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1932 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1933 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1934 window but will appear in a diary window.
1935
1936 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1937 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1938
1939 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1940 entries (in the default American style):
1941
1942 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1943 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1944 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1945 21: Payday
1946 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1947 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1948 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1949 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1950 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1951 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1952 &* 15 time cards due.
1953
1954 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1955 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1956 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1957 single diary entry
1958
1959 02/11/1989
1960 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1961 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1962 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1963 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1964 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1965 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1966
1967 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1968 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1969 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1970
1971 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1972
1973 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1974
1975 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1976 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1977 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1978 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1979 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1980 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1981 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1982 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1983 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1984
1985 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1986 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1987 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1988 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1989 for these functions for details.
1990
1991 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1992 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1993
1994 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1995 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1996
1997 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1998 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1999
2000 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2001 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2002
2003 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2004 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2005 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2006
2007 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2008 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2009 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2010
2011 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2012 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2013 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2014 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2015
2016 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2017 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2018 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2019 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2020
2021 DAY/MONTH
2022 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2023 DAY MONTHNAME
2024 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2025 DAYNAME
2026
2027 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2028 characters with or without a period.")
2029
2030 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2031 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2032 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2033
2034 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2035 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2036 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2037
2038 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2039 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2040 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2041
2042 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2043 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2044 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2045
2046 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2047 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2048 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2049 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2050 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2051 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2052
2053 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2054 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2055 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2056
2057 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2058 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2059 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2060 of the form
2061
2062 #include \"filename\"
2063
2064 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2065 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2066 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2067 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2068 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2069
2070 For example, you could use
2071
2072 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2073 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2074 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2075
2076 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2077 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2078 lexicographic order.")
2079
2080 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2081 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2082 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2083
2084 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2085 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2086 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2087 diary display.
2088
2089 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2090 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2091 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2092 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2093 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2094 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2095 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2096
2097 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2098 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2099 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2100 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2101 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2102 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2103 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2104 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2105
2106 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2107 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2108 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2109 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2110 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2111 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2112
2113 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2114 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2115
2116 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2117 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2118 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2119 of the form
2120 #include \"filename\"
2121 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2122 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2123 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2124 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2125 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2126
2127 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2128 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2129 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2130 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2131 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2132 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2133
2134 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2135 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2136 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2137 are holidays.")
2138
2139 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2140 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2141 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2142 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2143 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2144
2145 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2146
2147 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2148 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2149 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2150
2151 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2152
2153 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2154 *Oriental holidays.
2155 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2156
2157 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2158
2159 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2160 *Local holidays.
2161 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2162
2163 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2164
2165 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2166 *User defined holidays.
2167 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2168
2169 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2170
2171 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2172
2173 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2174
2175 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2176
2177 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2178
2179 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2180
2181 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2182
2183 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2184
2185 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2186
2187 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2188 *Jewish holidays.
2189 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2190
2191 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2192
2193 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2194 *Christian holidays.
2195 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2196
2197 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2198
2199 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2200 *Islamic holidays.
2201 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2202
2203 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2204
2205 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2206 *Sun-related holidays.
2207 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2208
2209 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2210
2211 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2212 The frame set up of the calendar.
2213 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2214 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2215 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2216 any other value the current frame is used.")
2217
2218 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2219 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2220 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2221
2222 ;;;***
2223 \f
2224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14716 17402))
2225 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2226
2227 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2228 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2229
2230 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2231 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2232
2233 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2234 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2235
2236 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2237 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2238
2239 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2240 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2241
2242 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2243 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2244
2245 ;;;***
2246 \f
2247 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2248 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2249 ;;;;;; (14716 17402))
2250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2251
2252 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2253
2254 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2255 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2256 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2257 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2258 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2259 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2260
2261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2262
2263 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2264 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2265 run first.
2266
2267 Key bindings:
2268 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2271 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2272 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2273 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2274 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2275 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2276 message.
2277
2278 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2279
2280 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2281 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2282 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2283
2284 Key bindings:
2285 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2286
2287 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2288 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2289 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2290 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2291 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2292 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2293 message.
2294
2295 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2296
2297 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2298 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2299 is run first.
2300
2301 Key bindings:
2302 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2303
2304 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2305 Major mode for editing Java code.
2306 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2307 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2308 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2309 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2310 message.
2311
2312 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2313
2314 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2315 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2316 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2317 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2318 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2319
2320 Key bindings:
2321 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2322
2323 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2324 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2325 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2326 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2327 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2328 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2329 message.
2330
2331 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2332
2333 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2334 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2335 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2336
2337 Key bindings:
2338 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2339
2340 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2341 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2342 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2343 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2344 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2345 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2346 message.
2347
2348 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2349
2350 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2351 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2352 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2353
2354 Key bindings:
2355 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2356
2357 ;;;***
2358 \f
2359 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2360 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14716 17403))
2361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2362
2363 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2364 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2365 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2366 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2367 for details of setting up styles.
2368
2369 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2370 style name.
2371
2372 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2373 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2374 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2375 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2376 will be reassigned.
2377
2378 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2379 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2380 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2381
2382 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2383 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2384 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2385 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2386
2387 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2388
2389 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2390 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2391 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2392
2393 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2394 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2395 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2396 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2397 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2398
2399 ;;;***
2400 \f
2401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14716 17403))
2402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2403
2404 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2405 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2406 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2407 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2408 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2409
2410 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2411 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2412
2413 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2414 `infodock'.")
2415
2416 ;;;***
2417 \f
2418 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2419 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2420 ;;;;;; (14747 44775))
2421 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2422
2423 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2424 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2425
2426 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2427 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2428
2429 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2430 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2431
2432 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2433 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2434 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2435 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2436 execution.
2437
2438 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2439
2440 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2441 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2442
2443 CCL-PROGRAM is has this form:
2444 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2445 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2446 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2447
2448 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2449 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2450 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2451 `write' commands.
2452
2453 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2454 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2455 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2456 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2457
2458 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2459 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2460 semantics.
2461
2462 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2463
2464 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2465
2466 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2467
2468 STATEMENT :=
2469 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2470 | TRANSLATE | END
2471
2472 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2473 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2474 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2475 | integer
2476
2477 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2478
2479 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
2480 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2481 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2482
2483 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2484 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2485 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2486
2487 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2488 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2489
2490 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2491 BREAK := (break)
2492
2493 REPEAT :=
2494 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2495 (repeat)
2496 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2497 ;; (repeat))
2498 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2499 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2500 ;; (read REG)
2501 ;; (repeat))
2502 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2503 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2504 ;; (read REG)
2505 ;; (repeat))
2506 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2507
2508 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2509 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2510 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2511 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2512 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2513 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2514 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2515 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2516 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2517 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2518 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2519 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2520 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2521 ;; to ((CODE0 << 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2522 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2523 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2524
2525 WRITE :=
2526 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2527 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2528 ;; representation.
2529 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2530 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2531 ;; (write r7))
2532 | (write EXPRESSION)
2533 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2534 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2535 ;; representation.
2536 | (write integer)
2537 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2538 ;; buffer.
2539 | (write string)
2540 ;; Same as: (write string)
2541 | string
2542 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2543 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2544 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2545 ;; representation.
2546 | (write REG ARRAY)
2547 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2548 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2549 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2550 ;; 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2551 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2552 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2553
2554 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2555 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2556
2557 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2558 END := (end)
2559
2560 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2561 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2562 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2563
2564 ARG := REG | integer
2565
2566 OPERATOR :=
2567 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2568 + | - | * | / | %
2569
2570 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2571 | & | `|' | ^
2572
2573 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2574 | << | >>
2575
2576 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2577 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2578 | <8
2579
2580 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2581 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2582 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2583 | >8
2584
2585 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2586 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2587 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2588 | //
2589
2590 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2591 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2592
2593 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2594 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2595 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2596 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2597 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2598 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2599 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2600 | de-sjis
2601
2602 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2603 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2604 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2605 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2606 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2607 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2608 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2609 ;; byte of SJIS.
2610 | en-sjis
2611
2612 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2613 ;; Same meaning as C code
2614 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2615
2616 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2617 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2618 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2619 | <8=
2620
2621 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2622 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2623 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2624
2625 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2626 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2627 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2628 | //=
2629
2630 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2631
2632
2633 TRANSLATE :=
2634 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2635 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2636 MAP :=
2637 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2638 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2639 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2640 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2641 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2642 MAP-ID := integer
2643 " nil (quote macro))
2644
2645 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2646 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2647 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2648 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2649 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2650 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2651
2652 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2653 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2654 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2655
2656 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2657
2658 ;;;***
2659 \f
2660 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2661 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2662 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2663 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2664 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2665 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2666 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2667 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2668 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2670
2671 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2672 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2673 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2674 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2675
2676 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2677 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2678 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2679 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2680 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2681 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2682 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2683 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2684
2685 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2686 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2687 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2688 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2689 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2690 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2691 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2692 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2693
2694 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2695 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2696 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2697 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2698 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2699
2700 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2701 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2702 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2703 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2704 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2705
2706 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2707 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2708 Only documentation strings are checked.
2709 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2710 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2711 a separate buffer." t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2714 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2715 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2716 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2717 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2718
2719 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2720 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2721 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2722 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2723 if there is one.
2724 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2725
2726 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2727 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2728 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2729
2730 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2731 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2732 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2733 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2734 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2735
2736 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2737 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2738 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2739 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2740 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2741 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2742
2743 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2744 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2745 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2746 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2747
2748 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2749 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2750 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2751 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2752
2753 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2754 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2755 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2756 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2757
2758 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2759 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2760 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2761 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2762
2763 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2764 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2765 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2766 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2767
2768 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2769 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2770 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2771 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2772
2773 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2774 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2775 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2776 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2777
2778 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2779 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2780 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2781 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2782
2783 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2784 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2785 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2786 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2787
2788 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2789 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2790 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2791
2792 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2793 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2794 checking of documentation strings.
2795
2796 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2797
2798 ;;;***
2799 \f
2800 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2801 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
2802 ;;;;;; 45987))
2803 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2804
2805 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2806 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2807 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2808
2809 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2810 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2811
2812 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2813 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2814 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2815
2816 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2817 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2818
2819 ;;;***
2820 \f
2821 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2822 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14821 31343))
2823 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2824
2825 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2826 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2827 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2828 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2829 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2830 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2831
2832 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2833 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2834 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2835 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2836 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2837
2838 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2839
2840 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2841 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2842 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2843 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2844 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2845
2846 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2847 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2848 \\{command-history-map}
2849
2850 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2851 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2852
2853 ;;;***
2854 \f
2855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14753 19207))
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2857
2858 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2859 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2860 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2861 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2862 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2863 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2864
2865 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2866 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2867
2868 ;;;***
2869 \f
2870 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2871 ;;;;;; (14735 57398))
2872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2873
2874 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2875
2876 ;;;***
2877 \f
2878 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2879 ;;;;;; (14837 50477))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2881
2882 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2883 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2884 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2885 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2886
2887 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2888 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2889 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2890
2891 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2892 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2893
2894 ;;;***
2895 \f
2896 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14831
2897 ;;;;;; 12714))
2898 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2899
2900 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2901 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2902 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2903 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2904 of `cmuscheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2905 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2906 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2907 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2908
2909 ;;;***
2910 \f
2911 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2912 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2913 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14720 7113))
2914 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2915
2916 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2917 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2918 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2919 ASCII table.
2920
2921 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2922 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2923 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2924 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2925
2926 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2927 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2928 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2929
2930 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2931 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2932 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2933
2934 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2935 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2936 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2937
2938 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2939 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2940
2941 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2942 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2943 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2944
2945 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2946 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2947
2948 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2949 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2950
2951 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2952 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2953 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2954
2955 ;;;***
2956 \f
2957 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2958 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2959 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
2960 ;;;;;; (14854 32221))
2961 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2962
2963 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
2964 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
2965 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
2966 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2967 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2968 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2969 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2970 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2971
2972 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2973
2974 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2975 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2976 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2977 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2978 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2979 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2980 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2981 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2982
2983 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2984
2985 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2986 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2987 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2988 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2989 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2990 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2991
2992 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2993 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2994 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2995
2996 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2997
2998 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2999 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3000 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3001
3002 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3003
3004 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3005 Send COMMAND to current process.
3006 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3007 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3008
3009 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3010 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3011 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3012 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3013
3014 ;;;***
3015 \f
3016 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14777
3017 ;;;;;; 22146))
3018 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3019
3020 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3021 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3022 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3023 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3024
3025 This command pushes the mark in each window
3026 at the prior location of point in that window.
3027 If both windows display the same buffer,
3028 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3029 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3030
3031 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3032 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3033 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3034
3035 ;;;***
3036 \f
3037 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3038 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3039 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3040 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14813 40531))
3041 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3042
3043 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3044 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3045
3046 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3047 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3048
3049 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3050 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3051 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3052 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3053 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3054
3055 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3056 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3057 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3058 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3059 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3060
3061 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3062 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3063 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3064 describing how the process finished.")
3065
3066 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3067 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3068 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3069 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3070
3071 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3072 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3073 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3074
3075 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3076 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3077 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3078 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3079
3080 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3081 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3082 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3083 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3084
3085 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3086 and move to the source code that caused it.
3087
3088 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3089 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3090
3091 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3092 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3093 Then start the next one.
3094
3095 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3096 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3097 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3098
3099 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3100 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3101 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3102 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3103 where grep found matches.
3104
3105 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3106 easily repeat a grep command.
3107
3108 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3109 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3110 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3111 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3112
3113 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3114 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3115 Collect output in a buffer.
3116 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3117 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3118
3119 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3120 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3121
3122 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3123 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3124 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3125 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3126 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3127
3128 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3129
3130 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3131 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3132 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3133 See `compilation-mode'.
3134 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3135
3136 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3137 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3138 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3139 See `compilation-mode'.
3140 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3141
3142 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3143 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3144
3145 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3146 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3147
3148 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3149 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3150 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3151 and start at the first error.
3152
3153 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3154 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3155 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3156 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3157 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3158 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3159
3160 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3161 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3162 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3163
3164 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3165 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3166 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3167
3168 ;;;***
3169 \f
3170 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3171 ;;;;;; (14854 32221))
3172 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3173
3174 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3175 Toggle Partial-Completion mode on or off.
3176 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3178 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3179
3180 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3181
3182 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3183
3184 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3185 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3186 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3187
3188 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3189 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3190 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3191 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3192
3193 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3194 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3195 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3196 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3197
3198 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
3199 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3200 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
3201 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3202
3203 ;;;***
3204 \f
3205 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3206 ;;;;;; (14777 22150))
3207 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3208
3209 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3210 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3211
3212 ;;;***
3213 \f
3214 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3215 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3216 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3217 ;;;;;; (14855 56552))
3218 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3219
3220 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3221 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3222 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3223 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3224 `make-composition'.
3225
3226 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3227
3228 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3229 | | 1:tc or top-center
3230 | | 2:tr or top-right
3231 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3232 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3233 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3234 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3235 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3236 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3237
3238 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3239 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3240 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3241 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3242 be added.
3243
3244 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3245 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
3246 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3247
3248 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3249 | | |
3250 | global| |
3251 | glyph | |
3252 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3253 +----+--*--+
3254 | | new |
3255 | |glyph|
3256 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3257 ")
3258
3259 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3260 Compose characters in the current region.
3261
3262 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3263
3264 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3265 specifying the region.
3266
3267 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3268 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3269
3270 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3271 of the text in the region.
3272
3273 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3274
3275 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3276 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3277 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3278 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3279
3280 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3281 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3282 detail.
3283
3284 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3285 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3286 text in the composition." t nil)
3287
3288 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3289 Decompose text in the current region.
3290
3291 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3292 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3293
3294 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3295 Compose characters in string STRING.
3296
3297 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3298 the characters in it.
3299
3300 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3301 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3302 STRING respectively.
3303
3304 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3305 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3306 `compose-region' for more detail.
3307
3308 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3309 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3310 text in the composition." nil nil)
3311
3312 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3313 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3314
3315 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3316 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3317 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3318 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3319 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3320 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3321 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3322 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3323
3324 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3325 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3326
3327 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3328 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3329
3330 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3331 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3332
3333 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3334 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3335
3336 If no composition is found, return nil.
3337
3338 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3339 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3340
3341 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3342 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3343 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3344
3345 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3346
3347 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3348
3349 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3350 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3351 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3352
3353 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3354
3355 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3356
3357 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3358 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3359
3360 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3361 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3362 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3363 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3364 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3365 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3366 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3367 nil.
3368
3369 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3370 is:
3371 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3372 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3373
3374 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3375
3376 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3377 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3378
3379 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3380
3381 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3382 Compose last characters.
3383 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3384 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3385 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3386 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3387 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3388 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3389 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3390
3391 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3392 Convert CHAR to string.
3393 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3394
3395 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3396 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3397 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3398
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3402 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3404
3405 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3406 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3407 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3408
3409 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3410 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3411 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3412
3413 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3414 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3415 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3416 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3417
3418 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3419 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3420
3421 ;;;***
3422 \f
3423 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3424 ;;;;;; (14463 42380))
3425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3426
3427 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3428 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3429 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3430 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3431 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3432 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3433
3434 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3435 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3436
3437 ;;;***
3438 \f
3439 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3440 ;;;;;; (14839 64809))
3441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3442
3443 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3444 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3445 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3446 Tab indents for Perl code.
3447 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3448 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3449
3450 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3451 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3452 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3453 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3454 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3455 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3456 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3457 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3458 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3459 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3460 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3461 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3462
3463 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3464
3465 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3466 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3467
3468 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3469
3470 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3471 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3472 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3473 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3474 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3475 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3476 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3477 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3478 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3479
3480 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3481
3482 bite if angry;
3483
3484 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3485 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3486 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3487 to nil.)
3488
3489 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3490 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3491 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3492
3493 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3494
3495 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3496 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3497 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3498 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3499 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3500
3501 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3502
3503 if (A) { B }
3504
3505 into
3506
3507 B if A;
3508
3509 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3510
3511 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3512 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3513 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3514 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3515 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3516 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3517 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3518 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3519 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3520 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3521 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3522 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3523 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3524
3525 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3526 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3527 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3528 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3529 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3530 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3531
3532 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3533 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3534 man via menu.
3535
3536 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3537 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3538 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3539 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3540 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3541
3542 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3543 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3544 span the needed amount of lines.
3545
3546 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3547 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3548 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3549 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3550
3551 Variables controlling indentation style:
3552 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3553 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3554 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3555 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3556 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3557 `cperl-auto-newline'
3558 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3559 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3560 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3561 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3562 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3563 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3564 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3565 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3566 `cperl-indent-level'
3567 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3568 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3569 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3570 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3571 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3572 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3573 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3574 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3575 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3576 `cperl-brace-offset'
3577 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3578 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3579 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3580 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3581 `cperl-label-offset'
3582 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3583 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3584 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3585
3586 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3587 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3588 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3589 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3590 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3591
3592 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3593 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3594 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3595 \(both available from menu).
3596
3597 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3598 column 0 is indented on
3599 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3600
3601 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3602 with no args.
3603
3604 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3605 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3606 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3607
3608 ;;;***
3609 \f
3610 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3611 ;;;;;; (14726 41840))
3612 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3613
3614 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3615 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3616 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3617 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3618 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3619
3620 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3621 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3622
3623 ;;;***
3624 \f
3625 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3626 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3628
3629 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3630 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3631 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3632 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3633
3634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3635 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3636
3637 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3638
3639 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3640
3641 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3642 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3643 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3644
3645 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3646
3647 ;;;***
3648 \f
3649 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3650 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3652
3653 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3654 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3655 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3656 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3657
3658 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3659 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3660 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3661 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3662
3663 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3664 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3665 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3666
3667 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3668 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3669 'bob', and 'eve'.
3670
3671 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3672 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3673 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3674
3675 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3676
3677 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3678 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3679 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3680
3681 ;;;***
3682 \f
3683 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3684 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3685 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3686 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3687 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3688 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3689 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3690 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3691 ;;;;;; (14847 14322))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3693 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3694
3695 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3696 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3697
3698 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3699 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3700
3701 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3702 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3703
3704 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3705
3706 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3707 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3708
3709 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3710 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3711
3712 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3713 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3714
3715 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3716 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3717
3718 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3719 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3720
3721 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3722
3723 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3724 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3725 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3726 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3727
3728 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3729 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3730
3731 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3732 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3733
3734 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3735 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3736
3737 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3738
3739 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3740 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3741 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3742 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3743 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3744
3745 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3746 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3747
3748 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3749 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3750
3751 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3752
3753 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3754 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3755
3756 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3757 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3758 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3759 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3760 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3761
3762 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3763 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3764 version." t nil)
3765
3766 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3767
3768 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3769 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3770 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3771
3772 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3773 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3774 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3775
3776 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3777 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3778
3779 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3780 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3781
3782 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3783 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3784
3785 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3786 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3787 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3788 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3789 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3790 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3791 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3792
3793 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3794 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3795 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3796
3797 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3798 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3799
3800 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3801 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3802
3803 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3804 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3805 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3806 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3807 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3808 that option." nil nil)
3809
3810 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3811 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3812 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3813 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3814 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3815 that option." nil nil)
3816
3817 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3818 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3819
3820 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3821 File used for storing customization information.
3822 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3823 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3824 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3825
3826 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3827 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3828 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3829 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3830
3831 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3832 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3835 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3836
3837 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3838 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3839 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3840
3841 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3842 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3843 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3844 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3845 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3846
3847 ;;;***
3848 \f
3849 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3850 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14777 22155))
3851 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3852
3853 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3854 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3855
3856 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3857 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3858 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3859
3860 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3861
3862 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3863 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3864 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3865
3866 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3867
3868 ;;;***
3869 \f
3870 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
3871 ;;;;;; (14854 32221))
3872 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3873
3874 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3875 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
3876
3877 ;;;***
3878 \f
3879 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3880 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
3881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3882
3883 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3884 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3885
3886 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3887 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3888 C++ modes are included.
3889
3890 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3891
3892 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3893 Turn on CWarn mode.
3894
3895 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3896 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3897
3898 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3899 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3900
3901 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3902
3903 ;;;***
3904 \f
3905 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3906 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
3907 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
3908 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3909
3910 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3911 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3912
3913 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3914 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3915
3916 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3917 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3918 For readability, the table is slightly
3919 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3920
3921 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3922 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3923 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3924 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3925 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3926
3927 ;;;***
3928 \f
3929 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3930 ;;;;;; (14777 22159))
3931 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3932
3933 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3934
3935 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3936
3937 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3938 Completion on current word.
3939 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3940 and presents suggestions for completion.
3941
3942 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3943 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3944 completions.
3945
3946 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3947 then it searches *all* buffers.
3948
3949 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3950 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3951
3952 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3953 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3954
3955 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3956 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3957 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3958 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3959 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3960
3961 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3962 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3963
3964 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3965 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3966 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3967
3968 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3969 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3970
3971 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3972
3973 ;;;***
3974 \f
3975 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3976 ;;;;;; 38927))
3977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3978
3979 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3980 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3981
3982 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3983 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3984 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3985
3986 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3987 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3988 Data lines are not indented.
3989
3990 Key bindings:
3991
3992 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3993 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3994
3995 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3996 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3997 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3998 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3999
4000 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4001
4002 dcl-basic-offset
4003 Extra indentation within blocks.
4004
4005 dcl-continuation-offset
4006 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4007
4008 dcl-margin-offset
4009 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4010
4011 dcl-margin-label-offset
4012 Indentation for a label.
4013
4014 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4015 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4016
4017 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4018 dcl-block-end-regexp
4019 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4020 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4021 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4022 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4023 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4024
4025 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4026 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4027 Two such functions are included in the package:
4028 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4029 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4030
4031 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4032 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4033 One such function is included in the package:
4034 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4035
4036 dcl-tab-always-indent
4037 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4038 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4039 margin.
4040
4041 dcl-electric-characters
4042 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4043 typed.
4044
4045 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4046 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4047 which words trigger electric indentation.
4048
4049 dcl-tempo-comma
4050 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4051 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4052 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4053
4054 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4055 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4056 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4057 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4058
4059 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4060 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4061 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4062 dcl-imenu-label-call
4063 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4064
4065 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4066 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4067 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4068 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4069
4070
4071 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4072
4073 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4074 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4075 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4076 $ i = 1
4077 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4078 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4079 $ label:
4080 $ if i.eq.1
4081 $ then
4082 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4083 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4084 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4085 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4086 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4087 \"lined up with the command line\"
4088 $ type sys$input
4089 Data lines are not indented at all.
4090 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4091 $ endif
4092 $
4093 " t nil)
4094
4095 ;;;***
4096 \f
4097 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4098 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4100
4101 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4102
4103 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4104 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4105 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4106 of the evaluator.
4107
4108 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4109 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4110 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4111
4112 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4113 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4114 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4115 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4116 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4117 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4118 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4119
4120 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4121 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4122 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4123
4124 ;;;***
4125 \f
4126 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4127 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
4128 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4129
4130 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4131 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4132
4133 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4134 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4135 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4136 Upper-case letters are commands.
4137
4138 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4139 modify it.
4140
4141 The most useful commands are:
4142 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4143 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4144 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4145 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4146 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4147 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4148
4149 ;;;***
4150 \f
4151 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4152 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14846
4153 ;;;;;; 45911))
4154 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4155
4156 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4157 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4158
4159 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4160 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4161
4162 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4163
4164 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4165 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4166
4167 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4168
4169 ;;;***
4170 \f
4171 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
4172 ;;;;;; 12112))
4173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4174
4175 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4176 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4177 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4178 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4179 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4180 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4181
4182 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4183
4184 Customization:
4185
4186 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4187 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4188 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4189 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4190 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4191 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4192 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4193 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4194 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4195 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4196 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4197 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4198 blank line.
4199 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4200 Directories to search when finding external units.
4201 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4202 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4203
4204 Coloring:
4205
4206 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4207 Face used to color delphi comments.
4208 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4209 Face used to color delphi strings.
4210 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4211 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4212 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4213 Face used to color everything else.
4214
4215 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4216 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4217
4218 ;;;***
4219 \f
4220 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14854
4221 ;;;;;; 32221))
4222 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4223
4224 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4225
4226 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4227 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off.
4228 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4230 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4231
4232 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4233
4234 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4235
4236 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4237 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4238 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4239 positive.
4240
4241 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4242 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4243 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4244 any selection." t nil)
4245
4246 ;;;***
4247 \f
4248 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
4249 ;;;;;; (14777 22160))
4250 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4251
4252 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4253 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4254 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4255 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4256 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4257
4258 ;;;***
4259 \f
4260 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4261 ;;;;;; (14823 12922))
4262 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4263
4264 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4265 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4266 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4267
4268 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4269 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4270 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4271 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4272
4273 ;;;***
4274 \f
4275 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4276 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4277 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4278 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4279 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4280 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4281 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4282 ;;;;;; (14776 10060))
4283 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4284
4285 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4286 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4287 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4288
4289 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4290 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4291 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4292
4293 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4294 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4295 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4296 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4297
4298 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4299 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4300 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4301 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4302
4303 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4304 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4305
4306 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4307 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4308 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4309
4310 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4311 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4312
4313 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4314
4315 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4316
4317 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4318
4319 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4320 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4321
4322 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4323
4324 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4325 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4326
4327 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4328
4329 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4330
4331 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4332
4333 ;;;***
4334 \f
4335 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4336 ;;;;;; (14821 46405))
4337 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4338
4339 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4340 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4341 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4342 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4343 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4344
4345 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4346 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4347 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4348
4349 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4350 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4351 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4352 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4353
4354 #!/bin/sh
4355 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4356 emacs -batch \\
4357 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4358 european-calendar-style t \\
4359 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4360 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4361 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4362
4363 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4364 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4365 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4366 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4367
4368 ;;;***
4369 \f
4370 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4371 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14777 22163))
4372 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4373
4374 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4375 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4376
4377 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4378 *The command to use to run diff.")
4379
4380 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4381 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4382 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4383 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4384 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4385
4386 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4387 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4388 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4389 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4390 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4391
4392 ;;;***
4393 \f
4394 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4395 ;;;;;; (14832 4348))
4396 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4397
4398 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4399 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4400 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4401 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4402 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4403 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4404
4405 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4406 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4407 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4408
4409 ;;;***
4410 \f
4411 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4412 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4413 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4414 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4415 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14856 13563))
4416 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4417
4418 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4419 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4420 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4421 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4422 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4423
4424 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4425 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4426
4427 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4428 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4429 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4430 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4431 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4432
4433 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4434 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4435
4436 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4437 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4438 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4439 always set this variable to t.")
4440
4441 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4442 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4443 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4444 A value of t means move to first file.")
4445
4446 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4447 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4448 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4449 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4450 are afterward marked with that character.")
4451
4452 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4453 *Controls marking of copied files.
4454 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4455 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4456
4457 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4458 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4459 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4460 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4461
4462 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4463 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4464 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4465 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4466
4467 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4468 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4469 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4470 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4471
4472 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4473
4474 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4475 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4476 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4477 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4478
4479 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4480 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4481 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4482 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4483 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4484 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4485 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4486 list of files to make directory entries for.
4487 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4488 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4489 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4490 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4491
4492 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4493 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4494
4495 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4496 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4497 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4498
4499 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4500 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4501
4502 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4503 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4504
4505 ;;;***
4506 \f
4507 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4508 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4509 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4510 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4511 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4512 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4513 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4514 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4515 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4516 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4517 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4518 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4519 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14812 23964))
4520 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4521
4522 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4523 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4524 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4525 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4526 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4527 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4528
4529 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4530 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4531 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4532 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4533 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4534 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4535
4536 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4537 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4538 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4539
4540 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4541 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4542
4543 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4544 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4545
4546 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4547 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4548 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4549 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4550
4551 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4552 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4553 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4554 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4555 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4556
4557 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4558
4559 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4560 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4561 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4562
4563 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4564 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4565 instead of att the end of the command.
4566
4567 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4568 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4569 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4570
4571 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4572 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4573
4574 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4575 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4576
4577 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4578 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4579 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4580 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4581 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4582 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4583
4584 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4585
4586 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4587 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4588
4589 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4590 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4591
4592 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4593 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4594
4595 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4596 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4597 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4598 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4599
4600 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4601
4602 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4603
4604 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4605
4606 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4607
4608 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4609
4610 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4611 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4612
4613 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4614 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4615 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4616 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4617 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4618 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4619 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4620
4621 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4622 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4623 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4624 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4625 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4626 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4627
4628 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4629 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4630 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4631 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4632 and new hard links are made in that directory
4633 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4634
4635 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4636 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4637 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4638 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4639
4640 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4641 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4642 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4643 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4644 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4645 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4646
4647 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4648 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4649
4650 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4651 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4652 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4653
4654 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4655 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4656 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4657
4658 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4659 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4660 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4661
4662 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4663 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4664
4665 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4666 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4667
4668 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4669 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4670 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4671 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4672 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4673 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4674 this subdirectory.
4675 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4676
4677 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4678 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4679 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4680 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4681 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4682 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4683 this subdirectory.
4684 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4685
4686 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4687 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4688 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4689
4690 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4691 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4692 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4693 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4694
4695 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4696 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4697 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4698 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4699
4700 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4701 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4702 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4703
4704 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4705 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4706
4707 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4708 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4709
4710 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4711 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4712 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4713 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4714
4715 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4716 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4717 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4718 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4719
4720 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4721 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4722 Stops when a match is found.
4723 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4724
4725 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4726 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4727 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4728 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4729 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4730
4731 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
4732 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
4733 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
4734 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
4735
4736 ;;;***
4737 \f
4738 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14777 22168))
4739 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4740
4741 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4742 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4743 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4744 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4745 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4746 buffer and try again." t nil)
4747
4748 ;;;***
4749 \f
4750 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14831 12714))
4751 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4752
4753 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4754 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4755 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4756
4757 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4758
4759 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4760 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4761
4762 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4763 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4764 " nil nil)
4765
4766 ;;;***
4767 \f
4768 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4769 ;;;;;; 9615))
4770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4771
4772 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4773 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4774 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4775 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4776 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4777 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4778
4779 ;;;***
4780 \f
4781 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4782 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4783 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4784 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4785 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14777 22181))
4786 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4787
4788 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4789 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4790
4791 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4792 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4793 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4794 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4795 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4796
4797 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4798 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4799 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4800 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4801 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4802
4803 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4804 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4805
4806 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4807 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4808
4809 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4810 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4811
4812 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4813 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4814
4815 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4816 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4817
4818 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4819 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4820 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4821 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4822
4823 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4824 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4825 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4826 X frame." nil nil)
4827
4828 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4829 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4830
4831 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
4832 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
4833
4834 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4835 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4836
4837 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4838 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4839 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4840 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4841
4842 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4843 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4844 European character display.
4845
4846 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4847 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4848 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4849 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4850
4851 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4852 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4853 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4854 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4855 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4856
4857 ;;;***
4858 \f
4859 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4860 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4861 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4862
4863 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4864 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4865 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4866 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4867 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4868 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4869 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4870 Default is 2." t nil)
4871
4872 ;;;***
4873 \f
4874 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14831 613))
4875 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4876
4877 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4878 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4879
4880 ;;;***
4881 \f
4882 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4883 ;;;;;; (14777 22183))
4884 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4885
4886 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4887 Toggle Double mode.
4888 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4889 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4890
4891 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4892
4893 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4894
4895 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4896 Toggle Double mode.
4897 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4898
4899 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4900 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4901
4902 ;;;***
4903 \f
4904 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4905 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4906
4907 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4908 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4909
4910 ;;;***
4911 \f
4912 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4913 ;;;;;; (14855 56553))
4914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4915
4916 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4917 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4918
4919 ;;;***
4920 \f
4921 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
4922 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-keymap easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode)
4923 ;;;;;; "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14850 36349))
4924 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4925
4926 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4927
4928 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4929 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4930 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
4931 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
4932
4933 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4934 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4935 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
4936 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4937 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4938 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
4939 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
4940 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
4941 used (see below).
4942
4943 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4944 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
4945 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
4946 The following keyword arguments are supported:
4947 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
4948 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
4949 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
4950 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
4951 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
4952
4953 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4954 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
4955 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
4956 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
4957 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
4958 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
4959
4960 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
4961 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
4962 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
4963 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
4964 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
4965 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
4966 ARGS is a list of additional arguments." nil nil)
4967
4968 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4969
4970 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
4971 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
4972 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
4973 " nil (quote macro))
4974
4975 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4976 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4977
4978 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4979
4980 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4981 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4982 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4983 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4984 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4985 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4986 hooks for the new mode.
4987
4988 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4989
4990 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4991
4992 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4993 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4994 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4995
4996 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4997 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4998
4999 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5000 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5001 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5002
5003 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5004 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
5005
5006 ;;;***
5007 \f
5008 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5009 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14702
5010 ;;;;;; 63698))
5011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5012
5013 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5014 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5015 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5016 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5017
5018 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5019 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5020
5021 :filter FUNCTION
5022
5023 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5024 menu displayed.
5025
5026 :visible INCLUDE
5027
5028 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5029 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5030
5031 :active ENABLE
5032
5033 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5034 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5035
5036 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5037
5038 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5039
5040 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5041
5042 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5043 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5044
5045 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5046 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5047
5048 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5049
5050 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5051
5052 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5053
5054 :keys KEYS
5055
5056 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5057 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5058 computed automatically.
5059 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5060
5061 :key-sequence KEYS
5062
5063 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5064 menu item.
5065 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5066 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5067 keyboard equivalent.
5068
5069 :active ENABLE
5070
5071 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5072 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5073
5074 :included INCLUDE
5075
5076 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5077 expression has a non-nil value.
5078
5079 :suffix FORM
5080
5081 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5082 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5083
5084 :style STYLE
5085
5086 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5087 defined:
5088
5089 toggle: A checkbox.
5090 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5091 radio: A radio button.
5092 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5093 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5094 menu bar itself.
5095 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5096
5097 :selected SELECTED
5098
5099 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5100 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5101
5102 :help HELP
5103
5104 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5105
5106 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5107 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5108 as a solid horizontal line.
5109
5110 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5111
5112 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5113
5114 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5115 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5116 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5117 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5118
5119 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5120 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5121 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5122 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5123 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5124 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5125
5126 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5127 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5128 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5129
5130 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5131 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5132
5133 ;;;***
5134 \f
5135 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5136 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5137 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5138 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5139 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14763 39810))
5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5141
5142 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5143 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5144
5145 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5146 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5147
5148 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5149 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5150 it to the printer.
5151
5152 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5153 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5154 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5155 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5156
5157 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5158 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5159 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5160
5161 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5162 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5163 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5164 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5165
5166 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5167
5168 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5169 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5170 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5171
5172 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5173
5174 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5175 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5176
5177 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5178 The EPS file name has the following form:
5179
5180 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5181
5182 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5183 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5184
5185 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5186 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5187 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5188 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5189
5190 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5191
5192 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5193 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5194
5195 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5196 The EPS file name has the following form:
5197
5198 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5199
5200 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5201 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5202
5203 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5204 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5205 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5206 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5207
5208 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5209
5210 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5211
5212 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5213 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5214
5215 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5216 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5217
5218 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5219 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5220
5221 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5222 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5223
5224 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5225 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5226
5227 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5228 Set STYLE to current style.
5229
5230 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5231
5232 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5233 Reset current style.
5234
5235 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5236
5237 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5238 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5239
5240 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5241
5242 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5243 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5244
5245 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5246
5247 ;;;***
5248 \f
5249 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
5250 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
5251 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14727
5252 ;;;;;; 65050))
5253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5254
5255 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5256 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5257 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5258 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5259 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5260 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5261
5262 Tree mode key bindings:
5263 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5264
5265 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5266 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5267
5268 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5269 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5270 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5271 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5272 completion." t nil)
5273
5274 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5275 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5276 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5277 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5278
5279 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5280 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5281 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5284 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5285 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5286 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5287
5288 ;;;***
5289 \f
5290 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5291 ;;;;;; (14783 15355))
5292 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5293
5294 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5295 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5296 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5297 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5298
5299 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5300 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5301 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5302
5303 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5304 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5305 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5306
5307 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5308
5309 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5310
5311 ;;;***
5312 \f
5313 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5314 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14777 22184))
5315 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5316
5317 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5318 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5319 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5320
5321 ;;;***
5322 \f
5323 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5324 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14821 31350))
5325 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5326
5327 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5328 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5329 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5330 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5331 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5332
5333 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5334 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5335 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5336 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5337
5338 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5339 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5340 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5341 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5342
5343 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5344 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5345 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5346 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5347
5348 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5349
5350 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5351 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5352 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5353 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5354 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5355
5356 ;;;***
5357 \f
5358 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5359 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5360 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5361 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5362 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5363 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5364 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5365 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5366 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5367 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14845 20843))
5368 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5369
5370 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5371 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5372
5373 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5374 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5375
5376 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5377
5378 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5379
5380 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5381 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5382
5383 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5384
5385 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5386 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5387
5388 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5389
5390 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5391 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5392 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5393 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5394
5395 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5396
5397 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5398 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5399 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5400 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5401
5402 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5403
5404 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5405 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5406 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5407 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5408
5409 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5410
5411 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5412 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5413 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5414 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5415
5416 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5417
5418 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5419 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5420 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5421 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5422 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5423 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5424
5425 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5426 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5427 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5428 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5429
5430 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5431
5432 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5433 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5434 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5435 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5436
5437 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5438
5439 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5440
5441 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5442 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5443 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5444 follows:
5445 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5446 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5447
5448 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5449 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5450 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5451 follows:
5452 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5453 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5454
5455 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5456 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5457 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5458 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5459 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5460
5461 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5462 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5463 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5464 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5465 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5466 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5467
5468 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5469
5470 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5471 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5472
5473 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5474 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5475
5476 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5477
5478 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5479 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5482 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5483
5484 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5485 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5486 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5487 buffer." t nil)
5488
5489 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5490 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5491 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5492 buffer." t nil)
5493
5494 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5495 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5496 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5497 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5498
5499 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5500 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5501 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5502 and don't ask the user.
5503 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5504 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5505
5506 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5507 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5508
5509 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5510
5511 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5512
5513 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5514 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5515 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5516 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5517
5518 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5519
5520 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5521 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5522 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5523
5524 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5525 Display Ediff's manual.
5526 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5527
5528 ;;;***
5529 \f
5530 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5531 ;;;;;; (14777 22188))
5532 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5533
5534 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5535
5536 ;;;***
5537 \f
5538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14777 22189))
5539 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5540
5541 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5542
5543 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser..."))))
5544
5545 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5546
5547 ;;;***
5548 \f
5549 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5550 ;;;;;; (14845 20842))
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5552
5553 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5554 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5555
5556 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5557
5558 ;;;***
5559 \f
5560 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5561 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14845 20843))
5562 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5563
5564 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5565 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5566 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5567 which see." t nil)
5568
5569 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5570 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5571 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5572 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5573
5574 ;;;***
5575 \f
5576 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5577 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5578 ;;;;;; (14777 22205))
5579 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5580 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5581
5582 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5583 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5584 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5585
5586 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5587 Edit a keyboard macro.
5588 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5589 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5590 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5591 its command name.
5592 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5593
5594 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5595 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5596
5597 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5598 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5599
5600 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5601 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5602 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5603 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5604 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5605 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5606
5607 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5608 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5609 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5610 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5611
5612 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5613 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5614 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5615 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5616 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5617 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5618
5619 ;;;***
5620 \f
5621 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5622 ;;;;;; 33724))
5623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5624
5625 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5626 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5627
5628 ;;;***
5629 \f
5630 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5631 ;;;;;; (14793 26118))
5632 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5633
5634 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5635 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5636 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5637 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5638 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5639 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5640 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5641 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5642
5643 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5644 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5645
5646 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5647 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5648 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5649 this value is non-nil.
5650
5651 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5652 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5653 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5654
5655 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5656 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5657 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5658
5659 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5660
5661 ;;;***
5662 \f
5663 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5664 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14716 17385))
5665 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5666
5667 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5668 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5669
5670 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5671 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5672 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5673 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5674 from the documentation string if possible.
5675
5676 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5677 instead.
5678
5679 This variable is buffer-local.")
5680
5681 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5682 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5683
5684 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5685
5686 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5687 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5688 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5689
5690 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5691 of the mode.
5692 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5693 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5694
5695 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5696 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5697
5698 ;;;***
5699 \f
5700 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14777
5701 ;;;;;; 22205))
5702 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5703
5704 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5705 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5706
5707 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5708 an elided material again.
5709
5710 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5711
5712 ;;;***
5713 \f
5714 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5715 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5717
5718 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5719 Initialize elint." t nil)
5720
5721 ;;;***
5722 \f
5723 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5724 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (14849
5725 ;;;;;; 20130))
5726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5727
5728 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5729 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5730 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5731
5732 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5733 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5734 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5735
5736 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5737 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5738 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5739
5740 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5741
5742 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5743 Display current profiling results.
5744 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5745 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5746 displayed." t nil)
5747
5748 ;;;***
5749 \f
5750 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5751 ;;;;;; (14850 36350))
5752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5753
5754 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5755 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5756 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5757
5758 ;;;***
5759 \f
5760 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5761 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5762 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5763 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5764 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14777 22209))
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5766
5767 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5768
5769 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5770
5771 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5772
5773 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5774
5775 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5776
5777 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5778
5779 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5780
5781 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5782
5783 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5784
5785 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5786 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5787
5788 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5789 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5790
5791 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5792 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5793
5794 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5795 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5796
5797 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5798
5799 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5800
5801 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5802
5803 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5804
5805 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5806 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5807
5808 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5809 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5810
5811 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5812
5813 ;;;***
5814 \f
5815 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5816 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
5817 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5818
5819 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5820 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5821 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5822
5823 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5824 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5825 automatically.
5826
5827 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5828 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5829 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5830
5831 ;;;***
5832 \f
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5834 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14777 22210))
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5836
5837 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5838 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5839 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5840 text/enriched format.
5841 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5842
5843 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5844 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5845
5846 Commands:
5847
5848 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5849
5850 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5851
5852 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5853
5854 ;;;***
5855 \f
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14845
5857 ;;;;;; 20873))
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
5859
5860 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
5861 Emacs shell interactive mode.
5862
5863 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
5864
5865 ;;;***
5866 \f
5867 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14845
5868 ;;;;;; 20873))
5869 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
5870
5871 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
5872 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
5873
5874 ;;;***
5875 \f
5876 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
5877 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 12923))
5878 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
5879
5880 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
5881 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
5882 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
5883 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
5884 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
5885 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
5886 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
5887
5888 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
5889 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
5890 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
5891
5892 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
5893 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
5894 The result might be any Lisp object.
5895 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
5896 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
5897 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
5898
5899 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
5900 Report a bug in Eshell.
5901 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
5902 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
5903
5904 ;;;***
5905 \f
5906 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5907 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5908 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5909 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5910 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
5911 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14821
5912 ;;;;;; 31354))
5913 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5914
5915 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5916 *File name of tags table.
5917 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5918 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5919 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5920 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5921
5922 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
5923 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
5924 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
5925 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
5926
5927 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5928 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5929 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5930 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5931 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5932 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5933
5934 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5935 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5936 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5937 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5938 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5939
5940 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5941 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5942 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5943 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5944
5945 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5946 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5947 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5948 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5949 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5950
5951 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5952 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5953 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5954 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5955
5956 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5957 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5958 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5959 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5960 file the tag was in." t nil)
5961
5962 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5963 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5964 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5965 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5966 without directory names." nil nil)
5967
5968 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5969 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5970 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5971 but does not select the buffer.
5972 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5973
5974 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5975 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5976 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5977 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5978 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5979
5980 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5981
5982 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5983 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5984 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5985
5986 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5987
5988 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5989 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5990 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5991 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5992
5993 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5994 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5995 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5996 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5997 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5998
5999 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6000
6001 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6002 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6003 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6004
6005 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6006 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6007
6008 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6009 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6010 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6011 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6012 around or before point.
6013
6014 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6015 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6016 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6017 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6018 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6019
6020 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6021
6022 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6023 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6024 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6025
6026 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6027 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6028
6029 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6030 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6031 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6032 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6033 around or before point.
6034
6035 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6036 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6037 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6038 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6039 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6040
6041 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6042
6043 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6044 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6045 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6046
6047 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6048 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6049
6050 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6051 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6052 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6053
6054 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6055 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6056 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6057 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6058 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6059
6060 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6061
6062 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6063 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6064 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6065
6066 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6067 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6068 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6069
6070 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6071 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6072
6073 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6074 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6075 where they were found." t nil)
6076
6077 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6078 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6079
6080 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6081 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6082 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6083
6084 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6085 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6086
6087 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6088 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6089
6090 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6091 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6092 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6093 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6094
6095 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6096 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6097 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6098 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6099 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6100 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6101
6102 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6103 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6104 Stops when a match is found.
6105 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6106
6107 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6108
6109 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6110 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6111 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6112 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6113 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6114
6115 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6116
6117 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6118 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6119 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6120 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6121 directory specification." t nil)
6122
6123 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6124 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6125
6126 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6127 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6128 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6129 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6130
6131 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6132 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6133 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6134 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6135 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6136
6137 ;;;***
6138 \f
6139 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6140 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6141 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6142 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6143 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6144 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6145 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6146 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
6147 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6148
6149 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6150
6151 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6152 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6153 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6154 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6155
6156 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6157 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6158 language.
6159
6160 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6161 even if the buffer is read-only.
6162
6163 See also the descriptions of the variables
6164 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6165 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6166
6167 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6168 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6169
6170 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6171 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6172
6173 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6174 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6175 language.
6176
6177 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6178 buffer is read-only.
6179
6180 See also the descriptions of the variables
6181 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6182 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6183
6184 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6185 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6186 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6187
6188 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6189 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6190
6191 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6192 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6193
6194 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6195 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6196
6197 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6198 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6199 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6200 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6201
6202 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6203 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6204 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6205 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6206
6207 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6208 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6209 the primary language.
6210
6211 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6212 buffer is read-only.
6213
6214 See also the descriptions of the variables
6215 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6216 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6217
6218 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6219 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6220 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6221 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6222
6223 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6224 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6225 primary language.
6226
6227 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6228 buffer is read-only.
6229
6230 See also the descriptions of the variables
6231 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6232 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6233
6234 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6235 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6236 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6237
6238 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6239 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6240
6241 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6242 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6243 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6244 3) convert the body into SERA.
6245
6246 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6247
6248 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6249 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6250 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6251
6252 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6253 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6254
6255 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6256 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6257
6258 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6259 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6260 be 1, 2, or 3.
6261
6262 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6263 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6264 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6265
6266 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6267
6268 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6269 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6270
6271 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6272 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6273 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6274
6275 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6276 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6277
6278 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6279 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6280
6281 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6282 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6283
6284 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6285 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6286
6287 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6288 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6289
6290 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6291 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6292
6293 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6294 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6295
6296 ;;;***
6297 \f
6298 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6299 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6300 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6302
6303 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6304 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6305 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6306 server for future sessions." t nil)
6307
6308 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6309 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6310
6311 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6312 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6313
6314 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6315 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6316 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6317 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6318 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6319 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6320 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6321 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6322 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6323 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6324 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6325 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6326
6327 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6328 Display a form to query the directory server.
6329 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6330 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6331
6332 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6333 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6334 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6335
6336 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6337
6338 ;;;***
6339 \f
6340 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6341 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6342 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 55579))
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6344
6345 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6346 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6347
6348 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6349 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6350
6351 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6352 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6353
6354 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6355 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6356
6357 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6358 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6359
6360 ;;;***
6361 \f
6362 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6363 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510))
6364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6365
6366 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6367 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6368 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6369
6370 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6371 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6372
6373 ;;;***
6374 \f
6375 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6376 ;;;;;; (14460 59510))
6377 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6378
6379 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6380 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6381
6382 ;;;***
6383 \f
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6385 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6386 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 17652))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6388
6389 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6390 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6391 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6392
6393 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6394 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6395 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6396 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6397 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6398 executable." t nil)
6399
6400 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6401 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6402 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6403
6404 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6405 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6406 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6407 file modes." nil nil)
6408
6409 ;;;***
6410 \f
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6412 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14777 22210))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6414
6415 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6416 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6417 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6418 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6419
6420 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6421
6422 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6423 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6424 to generate such functions.
6425
6426 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6427 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6428 beginning of the expanded text.
6429
6430 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6431 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6432 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6433 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6434
6435 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6436
6437 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6438 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6439 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6440
6441 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6442 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6443 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6444 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6445 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6446
6447 ;;;***
6448 \f
6449 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14624 3716))
6450 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6451
6452 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6453 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6454
6455 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6456 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6457 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6458
6459 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6460
6461 Key definitions:
6462 \\{f90-mode-map}
6463
6464 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6465
6466 f90-do-indent
6467 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6468 f90-if-indent
6469 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6470 f90-type-indent
6471 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6472 f90-program-indent
6473 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6474 (default 2)
6475 f90-continuation-indent
6476 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6477 f90-comment-region
6478 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6479 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6480 f90-indented-comment-re
6481 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6482 (default \"!\")
6483 f90-directive-comment-re
6484 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6485 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6486 f90-break-delimiters
6487 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6488 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6489 f90-break-before-delimiters
6490 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6491 (default t)
6492 f90-beginning-ampersand
6493 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6494 f90-smart-end
6495 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6496 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6497 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6498 f90-auto-keyword-case
6499 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6500 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6501 f90-leave-line-no
6502 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6503 f90-startup-message
6504 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6505 f90-keywords-re
6506 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6507
6508 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6509 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6510
6511 ;;;***
6512 \f
6513 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6514 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6515 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6516 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6517 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14777 22211))
6518 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6519 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6520 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6521
6522 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6523 Menu keymap for faces.")
6524
6525 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6526
6527 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6528 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6529
6530 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6531
6532 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6533 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6534
6535 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6536
6537 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6538 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6539
6540 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6541
6542 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6543 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6544
6545 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6546
6547 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6548 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6549
6550 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6551
6552 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6553 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6554
6555 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6556
6557 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6558
6559 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6560
6561 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6562
6563 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6564 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6565 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6566 will not show through at all will be removed.
6567
6568 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6569
6570 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6571 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6572
6573 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6574 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6575 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6576
6577 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6578 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6579 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6580 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6581 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6582 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6583 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6584 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6585
6586 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6587 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6588 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6589 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6590 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6591 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6592 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6593 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6594
6595 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6596 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6597 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6598 is the menu item's name.
6599
6600 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6601 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6602
6603 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6604 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6605 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6606
6607 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6608 Make the region invisible.
6609 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6610 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6611
6612 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6613 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6614 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6615 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6616
6617 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6618 Make the region unmodifiable.
6619 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6620 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6621
6622 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6623 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6624
6625 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6626 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6627
6628 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6629 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6630 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6631
6632 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6633 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6634
6635 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6636 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6637
6638 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6639 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6640 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6641 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6642 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6643
6644 ;;;***
6645 \f
6646 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6647 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6648 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6649
6650 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6651 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6652 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6653 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6654
6655 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6656
6657 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6658 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6659 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6660
6661 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6662 - When you save the file's buffer.
6663 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6664 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6665 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6666 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6667
6668 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6669
6670 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6671 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6672 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6673 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6674
6675 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6676 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6677
6678 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6679
6680 ;;;***
6681 \f
6682 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6683 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6684 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 51114))
6685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6686
6687 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6688 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6689
6690 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6691 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6692 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6693 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6694
6695 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6696 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6697 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6698 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6699 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6700
6701 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6702 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6703 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6704 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6705 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6706 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6707 internally by feedmail):
6708
6709 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6710 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6711 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6712 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6713
6714 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6715 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6716 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6717 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6718 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6719
6720 ;;;***
6721 \f
6722 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6723 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14736 26478))
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6725
6726 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6727 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6728 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6729 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6730 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6731 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6732 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6733
6734 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6735 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6736 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6737 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6738 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6739 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6740 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6741
6742 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6743 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6744
6745 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6746 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6747 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6748 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6749 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6750 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6751
6752 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6753 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6754 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6755 Return value:
6756 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6757 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6758 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6759
6760 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6761 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6762
6763 ;;;***
6764 \f
6765 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6766 ;;;;;; (14767 36637))
6767 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6768
6769 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6770 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6771 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6772 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6773 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6774 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6775 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6776 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6777 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6778 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6779
6780 ;;;***
6781 \f
6782 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6783 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14718 5093))
6784 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6785
6786 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6787 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6788 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6789 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6790 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6791
6792 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6793 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6794 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6795 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6796
6797 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6798 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6799 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6800
6801 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6802
6803 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6804 as the final argument." t nil)
6805
6806 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6807 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6808 and run dired on those files.
6809 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6810 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6811
6812 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6813
6814 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6815 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6816 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6817
6818 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6819
6820 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6821
6822 ;;;***
6823 \f
6824 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6825 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6826 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
6827 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6828
6829 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6830 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6831 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
6832
6833 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6834
6835 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6836 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6837 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6838
6839 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6840 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6841
6842 Variables of interest include:
6843
6844 - `ff-case-fold-search'
6845 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
6846 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6847
6848 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
6849 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6850 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
6851
6852 - `ff-ignore-include'
6853 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6854
6855 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
6856 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6857
6858 - `ff-quiet-mode'
6859 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6860
6861 - `ff-special-constructs'
6862 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6863 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6864 extracting the filename from that construct.
6865
6866 - `ff-other-file-alist'
6867 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6868
6869 - `ff-search-directories'
6870 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6871 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
6872
6873 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
6874 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6875
6876 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
6877 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6878
6879 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
6880 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6881
6882 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
6883 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6884
6885 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
6886 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6887
6888 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6889 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6890
6891 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6892 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
6893
6894 ;;;***
6895 \f
6896 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6897 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6898 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6899 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6900 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6901 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
6902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6903
6904 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6905 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6906
6907 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6908 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6909 not selected.
6910
6911 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6912 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6913 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6914
6915 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6916 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6917
6918 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6919 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6920 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6921 it is one of the current buffers.
6922
6923 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6924 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6925 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6926
6927 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6928 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6929
6930 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6931
6932 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6933 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6934
6935 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6936
6937 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6938 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6939
6940 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6941 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6942 not selected.
6943
6944 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6945 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6946
6947 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6948 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6949
6950 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6951 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6952 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6953 it is one of the current buffers.
6954
6955 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6956 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6957 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6958
6959 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6960 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6961
6962 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6963
6964 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6965 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6966
6967 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6968
6969 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6970 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6971 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6972
6973 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6974 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6975
6976 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6977 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6978
6979 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6980 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6981
6982 ;;;***
6983 \f
6984 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
6985 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14747 44772))
6986 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
6987
6988 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
6989 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
6990
6991 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
6992 Display FILE's commentary section.
6993 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
6994
6995 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
6996 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
6997
6998 ;;;***
6999 \f
7000 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7001 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7002 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7003
7004 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7005 Toggle flow control handling.
7006 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7007 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7008
7009 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7010 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7011 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7012 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7013 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7014 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7015
7016 ;;;***
7017 \f
7018 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
7019 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
7020 ;;;;;; (14845 20876))
7021 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7022
7023 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7024 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7025 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7026
7027 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7028 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7029
7030 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7031
7032 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7033 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7034 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7035 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7036 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7037 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7038
7039 Bindings:
7040 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7041 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7042 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7043
7044 Hooks:
7045 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7046
7047 Remark:
7048 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7049 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7050 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7051
7052 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7053 consider adding:
7054 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7055 in your .emacs file.
7056
7057 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7058
7059 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7060
7061 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7062
7063 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7064 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7065
7066 ;;;***
7067 \f
7068 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7069 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7070 ;;;;;; (14392 8635))
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7072
7073 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7074 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7075
7076 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7077 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7078
7079 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7080 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7081
7082 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7083 of two major techniques:
7084
7085 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7086 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7087 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7088
7089 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7090 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7091 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7092 movement commands.
7093
7094 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7095 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7096 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7097 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7098 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7099 mileage may vary).
7100
7101 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7102 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7103
7104 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7105
7106 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7107 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7108 \(This is the default.)
7109
7110 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7111 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7112
7113 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7114 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7115
7116 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7117 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7118
7119 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7120 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7121 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7122 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7123 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7124 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7125
7126 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7127 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7128 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7129
7130 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7131 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7132 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7133
7134 ;;;***
7135 \f
7136 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7137 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7138 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14850 36349))
7139 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7140
7141 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7142
7143 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
7144 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
7145
7146 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7147 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7148 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7149 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7150
7151 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7152
7153 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7154 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7155 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7156 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7157
7158 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7159 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7160
7161 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7162 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7163
7164 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7165
7166 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7167 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7168 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7169
7170 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7171
7172 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7173 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7174 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7175 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7176 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7177 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7178
7179 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7180 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7181
7182 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7183 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7184
7185 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7186 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7187 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7188
7189 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7190 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7191
7192 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7193 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7194 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7195
7196 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7197 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7198 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7199
7200 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7201 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
7202 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
7203
7204 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7205 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7206 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7207 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7208 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7209 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7210 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7211 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7212 end of the current highlighting list.
7213
7214 For example:
7215
7216 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7217 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7218 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7219
7220 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7221 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7222
7223 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7224 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7225 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7226
7227 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7228 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7229
7230 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7231 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
7232
7233 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7234 Toggle Global-Font-Lock mode on or off.
7235 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7237 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7238
7239 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7240
7241 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7242
7243 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7244 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7245 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7246 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7247 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7248
7249 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7250 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7251
7252 ;;;***
7253 \f
7254 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7255 ;;;;;; (14845 20876))
7256 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7257
7258 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7259 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7260 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7261 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7262 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7263
7264 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7265 compatibility.
7266
7267 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7268 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7269
7270 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7271
7272 ;;;***
7273 \f
7274 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
7275 ;;;;;; 9680))
7276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7277
7278 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7279 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7280 \\<message-mode-map>
7281 key binding
7282 --- -------
7283
7284 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7285 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7286 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7287 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7288 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7289 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7290 " t nil)
7291
7292 ;;;***
7293 \f
7294 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7295 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
7296 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7297
7298 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7299 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7300
7301 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7302 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7303 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7304 C-c < forms-first-record <
7305 C-c > forms-last-record >
7306 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7307 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7308 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7309 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7310 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7311 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7312 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7313 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7314 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7315 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7316 " t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7319 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7320
7321 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7322 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7323
7324 ;;;***
7325 \f
7326 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7327 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14799 2695))
7328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7329
7330 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7331 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7332 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7333 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7334 with a character in column 6.")
7335
7336 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7337 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7338 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7339 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7340
7341 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7342 Fortran keywords.
7343
7344 Key definitions:
7345 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7346
7347 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7348
7349 `comment-start'
7350 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7351 set this to the string \"!\".
7352 `fortran-do-indent'
7353 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7354 `fortran-if-indent'
7355 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7356 `fortran-structure-indent'
7357 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7358 (default 3)
7359 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7360 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7361 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7362 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7363 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7364 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7365 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7366 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7367 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7368 (for TAB format continuation style).
7369 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7370 indentation for a line of code.
7371 (default 'fixed)
7372 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7373 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7374 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7375 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7376 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7377 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7378 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7379 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7380 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7381 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7382 column 5. (default 1)
7383 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7384 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7385 statements. (default nil)
7386 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7387 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7388 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7389 statement. (default nil)
7390 `fortran-continuation-string'
7391 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7392 line. (default \"$\")
7393 `fortran-comment-region'
7394 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7395 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7396 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7397 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7398 as typed. (default t)
7399 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7400 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7401 (default t)
7402
7403 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7404 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7405
7406 ;;;***
7407 \f
7408 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7409 ;;;;;; (14811 40477))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7411
7412 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7413 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7414
7415 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7416 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7417
7418 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7419 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7420 function.
7421
7422 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7423 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7424 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7425 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7426 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7427 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7428
7429 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7430 Each keyword should be a string.
7431
7432 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7433 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7434
7435 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7436 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7437 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7438
7439 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7440
7441 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7442
7443 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7444 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7445 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7446 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7447
7448 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7449 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7450
7451 ;;;***
7452 \f
7453 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7454 ;;;;;; (14746 24126))
7455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7456
7457 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7458 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7459 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7460 at places they belong to." t nil)
7461
7462 ;;;***
7463 \f
7464 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7465 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14845 20875))
7466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7467
7468 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7469 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7470
7471 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7472 Read network news.
7473 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7474 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7475 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7476 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7477 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7478
7479 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7480 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7481
7482 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7483 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7484
7485 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7486 Read network news.
7487 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7488 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7489 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7490
7491 ;;;***
7492 \f
7493 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7494 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7495 ;;;;;; (14845 20874))
7496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7497
7498 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7499 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7500
7501 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7502 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7503
7504 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7505 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7506 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7507 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7508
7509 \(gnus-agentize)
7510
7511 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7512 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7513 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7514
7515 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7516 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7517
7518 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7519
7520 ;;;***
7521 \f
7522 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7523 ;;;;;; (14846 39264))
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7525
7526 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7527 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7528
7529 ;;;***
7530 \f
7531 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7532 ;;;;;; (14821 31350))
7533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7534
7535 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7536 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7537
7538 ;;;***
7539 \f
7540 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7541 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14792
7542 ;;;;;; 2675))
7543 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7544
7545 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7546 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7547
7548 Usage:
7549 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7550
7551 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7552 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7553
7554 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7555 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7556
7557 ;;;***
7558 \f
7559 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7560 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14858 32484))
7561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7562
7563 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7564 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7565 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7566
7567 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7568 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7569
7570 ;;;***
7571 \f
7572 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7573 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7574 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7575
7576 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7577
7578 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7579 Run batched scoring.
7580 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7581
7582 ;;;***
7583 \f
7584 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7585 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (14855 56553))
7586 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7587
7588 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7589
7590 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7591 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7592
7593 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7594
7595 ;;;***
7596 \f
7597 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7598 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7599 ;;;;;; (14855 56553))
7600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7601
7602 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7603 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7604 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7605 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7606 group parameters.
7607
7608 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7609 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7610 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7611 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook." t nil)
7612
7613 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7614 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params.
7615 It does this by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil CROSSPOST DEFAULTGROUP)." t nil)
7616
7617 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7618 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
7619 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
7620
7621 If no group is defined as catch-all, the value of
7622 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used.
7623
7624 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
7625
7626 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7627 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
7628 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
7629
7630 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
7631
7632 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
7633 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
7634 existing groups are considered.
7635
7636 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
7637 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
7638 returned.
7639
7640 if CATCH-ALL is not nil, and there is no selected group whose
7641 SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is there a selected group
7642 whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this group name will be appended to
7643 the returned SPLIT list, as the last element in a '| SPLIT.
7644
7645 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
7646 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
7647 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
7648 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
7649 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
7650 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
7651 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
7652 clauses will be generated.
7653
7654 For example, given the following group parameters:
7655
7656 nnml:mail.bar:
7657 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
7658 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
7659 nnml:mail.foo:
7660 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
7661 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
7662 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
7663 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
7664 nnml:mail.others:
7665 \((split-spec . catch-all))
7666
7667 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
7668
7669 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
7670 \"mail.bar\")
7671 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
7672 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
7673 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
7674
7675 ;;;***
7676 \f
7677 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7678 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7679 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7680
7681 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7682 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7683 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7684
7685 ;;;***
7686 \f
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14858
7688 ;;;;;; 32484))
7689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
7690
7691 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
7692
7693 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
7694 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
7695 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
7696 the Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
7697
7698 ;;;***
7699 \f
7700 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
7701 ;;;;;; (14845 20875))
7702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7703
7704 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7705 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7706 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7707 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
7708 part is ignored.
7709
7710 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
7711 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
7712 rather than using this function." nil nil)
7713
7714 ;;;***
7715 \f
7716 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7717 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7718 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7719
7720 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7721 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7722 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7723 for matching on group names.
7724
7725 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7726 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7727
7728 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7729
7730 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7731
7732 ;;;***
7733 \f
7734 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7735 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7737
7738 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7739 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7740
7741 ;;;***
7742 \f
7743 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7744 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14858 32484))
7745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7746
7747 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7748 Unload all Gnus features.
7749 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
7750 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
7751 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
7752
7753 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7754 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7755
7756 ;;;***
7757 \f
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7759 ;;;;;; (14792 2682))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7761
7762 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7763 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7764
7765 ;;;***
7766 \f
7767 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 41839))
7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7769
7770 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7771 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7772 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7773 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7774 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7775
7776 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7777 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7778 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7779
7780 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7781 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7782 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7783
7784 ;;;***
7785 \f
7786 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7787 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7789
7790 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7791 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7792 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7793 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7794 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7795
7796 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7797 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7798 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7799 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7800 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7801
7802 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7803 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7804 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7805 or to send e-mail.
7806 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7807
7808 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7809 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7810
7811 ;;;***
7812 \f
7813 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7815
7816 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7817 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7818 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7819 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7820 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7821
7822 ;;;***
7823 \f
7824 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7825 ;;;;;; (14750 26818))
7826 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7827
7828 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7829 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7830 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7831 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7832
7833 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7834 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7835 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7836 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7837
7838 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7839 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7840 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7841 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7842
7843 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7844 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7845 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7846 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7847
7848 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7849 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7850
7851 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7852 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7853 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7854 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7855
7856 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7857 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7858 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7859 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7860
7861 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7862 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7863 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7864 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7865 between it and it's value." t nil)
7866 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7867
7868 ;;;***
7869 \f
7870 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
7871 ;;;;;; 40782))
7872 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7873
7874 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7875 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7876 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7877 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7878
7879 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7880 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7881 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7882 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7883
7884 ;;;***
7885 \f
7886 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7887 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7888 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7889
7890 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7891 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7892
7893 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7894 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7895 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7896 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7897
7898 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7899
7900 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7901 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7902 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7903 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7904 to be updated." t nil)
7905
7906 ;;;***
7907 \f
7908 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7909 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7910 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7911
7912 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7913 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7914 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7915 and window listing and describing the options.
7916 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7917 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7918
7919 ;;;***
7920 \f
7921 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7922 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866))
7923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7924
7925 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7926 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7927
7928 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7929 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7930
7931 ;;;***
7932 \f
7933 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7934 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 33060))
7935 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7936
7937 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7938 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7939 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7940 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7941 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7942
7943 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7944 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7945
7946 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7947 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7948 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7949 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7950
7951 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7952 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7953 periods.
7954
7955 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7956 in hexl format.
7957
7958 A sample format:
7959
7960 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7961 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7962 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7963 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7964 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7965 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7966 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7967 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7968 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7969 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7970 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7971 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7972 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7973 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7974 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7975
7976 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7977 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7978 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7979
7980 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7981 also supported.
7982
7983 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7984
7985 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7986 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7987 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7988
7989 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7990 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7991 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7992
7993 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7994 into the buffer at the current point.
7995
7996 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7997 into the buffer at the current point.
7998
7999 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8000 into the buffer at the current point.
8001
8002 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8003
8004 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8005 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8006
8007 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8008
8009 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8010
8011 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8012 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8013 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8014
8015 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8016 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8017 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8018
8019 ;;;***
8020 \f
8021 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8022 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
8023 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14792 36880))
8024 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8025
8026 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8027
8028 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8029 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8030
8031 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8032
8033 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8034
8035 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8036 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8037
8038 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8039 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
8040 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8041 which can be called interactively, are:
8042
8043 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8044 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8045
8046 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8047 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8048
8049 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8050 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8051
8052 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8053 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8054 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8055 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8056 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8057 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8058
8059 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8060 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8061
8062 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8063 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8064 Hi-lock: FOO
8065 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8066 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8067 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8068 will be read until
8069 Hi-lock: end
8070 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8071
8072 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8073
8074 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8075 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8076
8077 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8078 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8079 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8080 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8081
8082 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8083
8084 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8085 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8086
8087 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8088 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8089 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8090 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8091
8092 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8093
8094 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8095 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8096
8097 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8098 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8099 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8100 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8101 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8102
8103 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8104 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8105
8106 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8107 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8108 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8109
8110 ;;;***
8111 \f
8112 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8113 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 16483))
8114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8115
8116 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8117 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8118
8119 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8120 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8121 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8122 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8123 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8124 how the hiding is done:
8125
8126 hide-ifdef-env
8127 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8128 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8129 is used.
8130
8131 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8132 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8133 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8134 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8135 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8136
8137 hide-ifdef-lines
8138 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8139 #endif lines when hiding.
8140
8141 hide-ifdef-initially
8142 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8143 is activated.
8144
8145 hide-ifdef-read-only
8146 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8147 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8148
8149 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8150
8151 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8152 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8153
8154 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8155 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8156
8157 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8158 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8159
8160 ;;;***
8161 \f
8162 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8163 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14799 2695))
8164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8165
8166 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8167 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8168
8169 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8170 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8171 Each element has the form
8172 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8173
8174 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8175 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8176
8177 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8178 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8179
8180 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8181 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8182 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8183 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8184 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8185
8186 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8187 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8188
8189 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8190 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8191
8192 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8193 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8194 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8195
8196 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8197 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8198 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8199 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8200 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8201 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8202
8203 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8204 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8205 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8206
8207 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8208 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8209
8210 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8211
8212 Key bindings:
8213 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8214
8215 ;;;***
8216 \f
8217 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8218 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8219 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8220 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 33582))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8222
8223 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8224
8225 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8226 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8227 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8228
8229 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8230 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8231
8232 Without an argument:
8233 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8234 or passive state as determined by the variable
8235 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8236 and passive state.
8237
8238 With an argument ARG:
8239 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8240 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8241 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8242
8243 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8244 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8245 not displayed in a different face.
8246
8247 Functions:
8248 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8249 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8250 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8251 buffer with the contents of a file
8252 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8253 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8254 various faces.
8255
8256 Hook variables:
8257 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8258 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8259 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8260
8261 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8262 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8265 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8266
8267 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8268 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8269
8270 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8271 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8272 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8273 shown in the last face in the list.
8274
8275 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8276 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8277 buffer to be saved):
8278
8279 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8282 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8283
8284 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8285 and must not be read-only.
8286
8287 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8288 this function is called interactively.
8289
8290 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8291 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8292 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8293
8294 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8295 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8296 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8297
8298 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8299 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8300
8301 When called interactively:
8302 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8303 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8304 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8305 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8306
8307 When called from a program:
8308 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8309 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8310 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8311 - otherwise just turn it on
8312
8313 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8314 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8315 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8316 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8317
8318 ;;;***
8319 \f
8320 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8321 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8322 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8323 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8324 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8326
8327 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8328 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8329 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8330 or insert functions in this list.")
8331
8332 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8333 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8334
8335 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8336 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8337
8338 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8339 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8340
8341 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8342 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8343
8344 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8345 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8346 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8347
8348 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8349 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8350 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8351 \(as atoms)")
8352
8353 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8354 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8355 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8356 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8357 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8358
8359 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8360 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8361 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8362 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8363 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8364 expansions.
8365 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8366 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8367 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8368
8369 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8370 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8371 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8372 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8373
8374 ;;;***
8375 \f
8376 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14854 32221))
8377 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8378
8379 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8380 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off.
8381 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8383 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8384
8385 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8386
8387 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8388
8389 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8390 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8391 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8392 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8393 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8394
8395 ;;;***
8396 \f
8397 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8398 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8400
8401 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8402 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8403
8404 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8405 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8406
8407 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8408
8409 ;;;***
8410 \f
8411 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8412 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14671 47520))
8413 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
8414
8415 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8416 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
8417
8418 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8419 This function is absolete." t nil)
8420
8421 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8422 This function is absolete." t nil)
8423
8424 ;;;***
8425 \f
8426 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8427 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
8428 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8429
8430 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8431 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8432 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
8433
8434 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8435 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8436 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8437
8438 ;;;***
8439 \f
8440 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
8441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8442
8443 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8444 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8445 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8446 Tab indents for Icon code.
8447 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8448 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8449 \\{icon-mode-map}
8450 Variables controlling indentation style:
8451 icon-tab-always-indent
8452 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8453 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8454 icon-auto-newline
8455 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8456 inserted in Icon code.
8457 icon-indent-level
8458 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8459 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8460 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8461 icon-continued-statement-offset
8462 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8463 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8464 icon-continued-brace-offset
8465 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8466 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8467 icon-brace-offset
8468 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8469 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8470 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8471 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8472
8473 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8474 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8475
8476 ;;;***
8477 \f
8478 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8479 ;;;;;; (14735 57460))
8480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8481
8482 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8483 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8484 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8485 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8486
8487 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8488 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8489 separate frames.
8490
8491 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8492
8493 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8494 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8495 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8496
8497 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8498
8499 ;;;***
8500 \f
8501 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8502 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
8503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8504
8505 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8506 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8507
8508 The main features of this mode are
8509
8510 1. Indentation and Formatting
8511 --------------------------
8512 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8513 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8514
8515 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8516 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8517 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8518 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8519
8520 Comments are indented as follows:
8521
8522 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8523 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8524 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8525
8526 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8527
8528 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8529 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8530 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8531 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8532 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8533
8534 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8535 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8536 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8537
8538 2. Routine Info
8539 ------------
8540 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8541 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8542 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8543 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8544 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8545 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8546 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8547
8548 3. Online IDL Help
8549 ---------------
8550 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8551 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8552 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8553 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8554 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8555
8556 4. Completion
8557 ----------
8558 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8559 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8560 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8561 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8562 mixed or upper case.
8563
8564 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8565 --------------------------------
8566 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8567 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8568
8569 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8570 \\fu FUNCTION template
8571 \\c CASE statement template
8572 \\f FOR loop template
8573 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8574 \\w WHILE loop template
8575 \\i IF statement template
8576 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8577 \\b BEGIN
8578
8579 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8580 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8581
8582 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8583 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8584 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8585
8586 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8587 -------------------------
8588 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8589 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8590
8591 7. Automatic END completion
8592 ------------------------
8593 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8594 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8595
8596 8. Hooks
8597 -----
8598 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8599 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8600
8601 9. Documentation and Customization
8602 -------------------------------
8603 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8604 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8605 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8606 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8607 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8608
8609 10.Keybindings
8610 -----------
8611 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8612 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8613 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8614
8615 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8616
8617 ;;;***
8618 \f
8619 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
8620 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8621 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8622
8623 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8624 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8625 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8626
8627 ;;;***
8628 \f
8629 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8630 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8631 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14812 24473))
8632 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8633
8634 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8635 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8636 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8637 be determined." nil nil)
8638
8639 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8640 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8641 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8642 be determined." nil nil)
8643
8644 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8645 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8646 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8647
8648 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8649 Create an image.
8650 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8651 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8652 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8653 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8654 use its file extension.as image type.
8655 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8656 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8657 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
8658 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8659
8660 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8661 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8662 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8663 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8664 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8665 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8666 POS may be an integer or marker.
8667 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8668 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8669 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8670 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8671
8672 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8673 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8674 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8675 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8676 defaulted if you omit it.
8677 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8678 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8679 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8680 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8681
8682 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8683 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8684 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8685 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8686
8687 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8688 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8689
8690 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8691
8692 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8693 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8694 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8695 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8696 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8697 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8698 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8699 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8700 satisfied.
8701
8702 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8703
8704 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8705 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8706
8707 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8708 documentation string.
8709
8710 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8711 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8712 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8713 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8714 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8715 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8716 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8717 define SYMBOL.
8718
8719 Example:
8720
8721 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8722 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8723
8724 ;;;***
8725 \f
8726 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
8727 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
8728 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14854 32221))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
8730
8731 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm")) "\
8732 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
8733 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
8734 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
8735
8736 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
8737 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
8738 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
8739 variable is set using \\[customize].")
8740
8741 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
8742 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
8743 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
8744 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
8745
8746 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
8747 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
8748 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
8749 variable is set using \\[customize].")
8750
8751 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
8752 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
8753
8754 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
8755 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
8756 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
8757 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
8758
8759 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
8760 Toggle Auto-Image-File mode on or off.
8761 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8763 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
8764
8765 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8766
8767 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
8768
8769 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
8770 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
8771 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
8772 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
8773
8774 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
8775 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
8776 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
8777
8778 ;;;***
8779 \f
8780 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
8781 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14837 50473))
8782 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
8783
8784 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
8785 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8786
8787 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8788
8789 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8790 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8791 in the buffer.
8792
8793 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8794
8795 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8796 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8797 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8798
8799 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8800 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8801
8802 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8803 to create a buffer index.
8804
8805 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8806 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8807 or like this:
8808 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8809 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8810 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8811 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8812 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8813
8814 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8815 entries are not nested.
8816
8817 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8818 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8819 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8820 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8821
8822 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8823 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8824
8825 The variable is buffer-local.
8826
8827 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8828 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8829 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8830
8831 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8832 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8833 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8834 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8835
8836 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8837
8838 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8839 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8840
8841 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8842 of the current buffer as an alist.
8843
8844 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8845 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8846 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8847 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8848 if it is a sub-alist.
8849
8850 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8851
8852 The variable is buffer-local.")
8853
8854 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8855
8856 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8857 Function for finding the next index position.
8858
8859 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8860 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8861 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8862 file.
8863
8864 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8865 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8866
8867 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8868
8869 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8870
8871 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8872 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8873
8874 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8875 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8876 It should return the name for that index item.
8877
8878 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8879
8880 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8881
8882 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8883 Function to compare string with index item.
8884
8885 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8886 non-nil if they match.
8887
8888 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8889 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8890 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8891 arguments match\".
8892
8893 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8894
8895 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8896
8897 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8898 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8899 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8900
8901 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8902
8903 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8904
8905 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8906 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8907 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8908 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8909
8910 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8911 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8912
8913 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8914
8915 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8916 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8917 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8918 for more information." t nil)
8919
8920 ;;;***
8921 \f
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8923 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8925
8926 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8927 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8928 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8929 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8930 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8931
8932 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8933 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8934
8935 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8936 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8937 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8938 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8939 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8940 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8941 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8942 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8943
8944 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8945 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8946 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8947 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8948 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8949
8950 This variable is only used if the variable
8951 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
8952
8953 More precise choices:
8954 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8955 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8956 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
8957
8958 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8959
8960 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8961 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8962
8963 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8964 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8965 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8966 to that buffer.
8967 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8968 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8969 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8970 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8971 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8972
8973 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8974
8975 ;;;***
8976 \f
8977 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8978 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
8979 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14854 32221))
8980 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8981
8982 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8983 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8984 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8985
8986 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8987 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8988 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8989 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8990 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8991 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8992
8993 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8994 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8995
8996 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8997 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8998 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8999
9000 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9001 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9002 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9003 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9004
9005 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9006 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9007
9008 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9009 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9010 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
9011 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9012 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9013
9014 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9015 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
9016 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9017 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
9018 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9019 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9020
9021 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9022 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9023 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9024
9025 ;;;***
9026 \f
9027 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9028 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9029 ;;;;;; (14712 9626))
9030 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9031
9032 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9033 Throw away all cached data.
9034 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9035 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9036 system." t nil)
9037
9038 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9039 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9040 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9041 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9042 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9043 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9044
9045 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9046
9047 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9048 Display the documentation of a file.
9049 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9050 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9051 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9052 The default file name is the one found at point.
9053
9054 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9055
9056 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9057 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9058
9059 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9060 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9061
9062 ;;;***
9063 \f
9064 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9065 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9067
9068 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9069 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9070
9071 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9072 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9073 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9074
9075 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9076 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9077 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9078
9079 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9080 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9081 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9082 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9083
9084 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9085 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9086 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9087
9088 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9089 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9090 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9091 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9092 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9093
9094 ;;;***
9095 \f
9096 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9097 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9098 ;;;;;; (14837 50475))
9099 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9100
9101 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9102 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9103
9104 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9105 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9106
9107 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9108
9109 ;;;***
9110 \f
9111 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9112 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9114
9115 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9116 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9117 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9118 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9119 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9120 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9121
9122 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9123 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9124
9125 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9126 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9127 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9128 \"s gives German sharp s.
9129 /a gives a with ring.
9130 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9131 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9132 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9133 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9134
9135 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9136 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9137
9138 ;;;***
9139 \f
9140 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9141 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9142 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9143 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9145
9146 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9147 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9148 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9149 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9150 `format-alist')." t nil)
9151
9152 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9153 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9154 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9155 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9156 `format-alist')." t nil)
9157
9158 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9159 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9160 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9161 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9162 `format-alist')." t nil)
9163
9164 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9165 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9166 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9167 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9168 `format-alist')." t nil)
9169
9170 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9171 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9172 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9173 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9174 `format-alist')." t nil)
9175
9176 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9177 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9178 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9179 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9180 `format-alist')." t nil)
9181
9182 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9183 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9184 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9185 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9186 `format-alist')." t nil)
9187
9188 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9189 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9190 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9191 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9192 `format-alist')." t nil)
9193
9194 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9195 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9196 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9197 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9198 `format-alist')." t nil)
9199
9200 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9201 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9202
9203 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9204 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9205
9206 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9207 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9208
9209 ;;;***
9210 \f
9211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9212 ;;;;;; (14716 17385))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9214 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9215 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9216 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9217
9218 ;;;***
9219 \f
9220 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9221 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9222 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9223 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
9224 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
9225 ;;;;;; (14859 5489))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9227
9228 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9229 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9230
9231 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9232 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9233
9234 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9235 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9236
9237 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9238 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9239 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9240 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9241
9242 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9243 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9244 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9245
9246 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9247
9248 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9249
9250 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9251
9252 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9253
9254 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9255
9256 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9257
9258 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9259 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9260
9261 Each element of this list is also a list:
9262
9263 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9264 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9265
9266 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9267 nil means the default dictionary.
9268
9269 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9270 word.
9271
9272 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9273
9274 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9275 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9276 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9277 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9278 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9279 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9280 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9281 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9282 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9283
9284 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9285 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9286 single word.
9287
9288 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9289 subprocess.
9290
9291 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9292 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9293 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9294 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9295 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9296 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9297 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9298 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9299
9300 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9301
9302 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9303 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9304 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9305
9306 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9307 Key map for ispell menu.")
9308
9309 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9310 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9311 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9312 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9313
9314 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9315
9316 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9317
9318 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9319
9320 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9321
9322 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9323
9324 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9325 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9326 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9327 Valid forms include:
9328 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9329 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9330 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9331 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9332
9333 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9334 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9335 First list is used raw.
9336 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9337
9338 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9339 for skipping in latex mode.")
9340
9341 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9342
9343 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9344 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9345 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9346 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9347
9348 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9349 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9350 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9351 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9352 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9353
9354 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9355 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9356
9357 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9358
9359 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9360 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9361
9362 return values:
9363 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9364 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9365 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9366 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9367 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9368
9369 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9370 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9371
9372 Selections are:
9373
9374 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9375 SPC: Accept word this time.
9376 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9377 `a': Accept word for this session.
9378 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9379 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9380 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9381 `?': Show these commands.
9382 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9383 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9384 the aborted check to be completed later.
9385 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9386 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9387 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9388 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9389 `C-l': redraws screen
9390 `C-r': recursive edit
9391 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9392
9393 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9394 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9395 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9396
9397 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9398 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9399 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9400
9401 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9402
9403 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
9404
9405 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9406 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9407 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9408 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9409
9410 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9411 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9412
9413 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9414 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9415
9416 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9417 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9418
9419 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9420 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9421 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9422 sequence inside of a word.
9423
9424 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9425
9426 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9427 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9428
9429 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9430 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9431 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9432 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer." t nil)
9433
9434 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9435 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9436 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9437
9438 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9439 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9440
9441 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9442 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9443
9444 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9445 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9446 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9447 Don't check included messages.
9448
9449 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9450 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9451 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9452
9453 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9454 in your .emacs file:
9455 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9456 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9457 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9458 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9459
9460 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9461 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9462 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9463
9464 ;;;***
9465 \f
9466 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9467 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9468 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9469 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
9470 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9471
9472 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9473 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9474 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9475 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9476
9477 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9478
9479 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9480
9481 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9482 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9483 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9484 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9485 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9486 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9487
9488 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9489 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9490 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9491 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9492
9493 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9494
9495 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9496 Switch to another buffer.
9497
9498 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9499 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9500 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9501 in another frame.
9502 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9503
9504 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9505 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9506 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9507 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9508
9509 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9510 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9511 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9512 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9513
9514 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9515 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9516 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9517 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9518
9519 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9520 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9521 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9522 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9523 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9524
9525 ;;;***
9526 \f
9527 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9528 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9529 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9530 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9532
9533 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9534
9535 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9536 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9537 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9538 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9539 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9540 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9541 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9542 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9543
9544 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9545 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9546 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9547 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9548
9549 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9550 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9551 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9552 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9553 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9554
9555 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9556 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9557 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9558 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9559
9560 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9561 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9562 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9563 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9564
9565 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9566 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9567
9568 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9569 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9570 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9571 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9572 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9573
9574 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9575 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9576 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9577 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9578 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9579
9580 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9581 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9582 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9583
9584 ;;;***
9585 \f
9586 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14829
9587 ;;;;;; 31693))
9588 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9589
9590 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
9591 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
9592 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
9593 that needs to be (re)fontified.
9594 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
9595
9596 ;;;***
9597 \f
9598 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
9599 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14854 32221))
9600 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9601
9602 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9603 Toggle Auto-Compression mode on or off.
9604 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9606 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
9607
9608 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9609
9610 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
9611
9612 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9613 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9614 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
9615 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
9616
9617 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9618 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
9619
9620 ;;;***
9621 \f
9622 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
9623 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
9624 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
9625
9626 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
9627 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
9628 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
9629
9630 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
9631 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
9632 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
9633 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
9634 shorter.
9635
9636 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
9637 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
9638 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
9639
9640 ;;;***
9641 \f
9642 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
9643 ;;;;;; 13574))
9644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
9645
9646 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
9647 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
9648 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
9649 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
9650 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
9651 positions that contains the current selection.")
9652
9653 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
9654 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
9655 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
9656 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9657 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
9658 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9659 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9660
9661 ;;;***
9662 \f
9663 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9664 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9665 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9666
9667 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9668 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9669 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9670
9671 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9672
9673 ;;;***
9674 \f
9675 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9676 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
9677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9678
9679 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9680
9681 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9682 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9683
9684 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9685
9686 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9687 Start or resume an Lm game.
9688 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9689 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9690
9691 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9692 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9693 none / 1 | yes | no
9694 2 | yes | yes
9695 3 | no | yes
9696 4 | no | no
9697
9698 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9699 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9700 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9701
9702 ;;;***
9703 \f
9704 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9705 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9706 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
9707 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9708
9709 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9710
9711 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9712 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9713 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9714 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9715 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9716 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9717
9718 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9719 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9720
9721 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9722 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9723
9724 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9725 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9726 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9727 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9728 to compose.
9729
9730 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9731
9732 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
9733
9734 ;;;***
9735 \f
9736 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
9737 ;;;;;; (14845 20876))
9738 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
9739
9740 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
9741 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
9742 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
9743 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
9744 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
9745 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
9746 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
9747 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
9748
9749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9750 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
9751
9752 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
9753
9754 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
9755
9756 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
9757 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
9758 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
9759 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
9760 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
9761
9762 ;;;***
9763 \f
9764 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
9765 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
9766 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
9767
9768 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
9769 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
9770 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
9771 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9772
9773 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
9774
9775 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
9776
9777 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
9778 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
9779 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
9780 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
9781 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
9782 for large buffers.
9783
9784 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
9785 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
9786 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
9787 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
9788 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
9789
9790 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
9791 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
9792 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
9793 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
9794 slow to keep up with your typing.
9795
9796 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
9797 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
9798 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
9799 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
9800 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
9801 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
9802
9803 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
9804 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
9805 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
9806 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
9807
9808 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
9809 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
9810 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
9811 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
9812
9813 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
9814 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
9815 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
9816 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
9817 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
9818
9819 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
9820 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9821
9822 ;;;***
9823 \f
9824 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9825 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
9826 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9827
9828 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9829 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9830
9831 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9832 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9833
9834 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9835 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9836
9837 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9838 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9839 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9840 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9841 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9842 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9843 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9844 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9845 and transmit saved text.
9846 \\{ledit-mode-map}
9847 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9848 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9849
9850 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9851
9852 ;;;***
9853 \f
9854 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9855 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9856
9857 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9858 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9859 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9860 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9861 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9862
9863 ;;;***
9864 \f
9865 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
9866 ;;;;;; 14322))
9867 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9868
9869 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9870 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9871 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
9872 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9873
9874 ;;;***
9875 \f
9876 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9877 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
9878 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9879
9880 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9881 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9882 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9883
9884 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9885 Run the locate command with a filter.
9886
9887 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9888 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9889
9890 ;;;***
9891 \f
9892 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14854 32221))
9893 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9894
9895 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9896 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9897 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9898 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9899 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9900 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9901 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9902 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9903
9904 ;;;***
9905 \f
9906 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631
9907 ;;;;;; 42770))
9908 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9909
9910 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9911 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
9912
9913 ;;;***
9914 \f
9915 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9916 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14693
9917 ;;;;;; 49864))
9918 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9919
9920 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9921 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9922 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9923
9924 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9925 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9926
9927 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9928 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9929 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9930 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9931 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9932 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9933 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9934
9935 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9936 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9937 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9938 switch on this list.
9939 See `lpr-command'.")
9940
9941 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9942 *Name of program for printing a file.
9943
9944 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9945 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9946 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9947 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9948 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9949 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9950 argument.")
9951
9952 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9953 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9954 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9955 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9956
9957 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9958 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9959
9960 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9961 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9962 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9963 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9964
9965 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9966 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9967
9968 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9969 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9970
9971 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9972 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9973 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9974 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9975
9976 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9977 Paginate and print the region contents.
9978
9979 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9980 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9981 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9982 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9983
9984 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9985 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9986
9987 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9988 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9989
9990 ;;;***
9991 \f
9992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9993 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9994
9995 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9996 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9997 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9998 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9999 package is used.")
10000
10001 ;;;***
10002 \f
10003 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
10004 ;;;;;; 53924))
10005 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10006
10007 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10008 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10009 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10010
10011 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10012
10013 ;;;***
10014 \f
10015 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14720
10016 ;;;;;; 7115))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10018
10019 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10020 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10021 \\{m4-mode-map}
10022 " t nil)
10023
10024 ;;;***
10025 \f
10026 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10027 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (14856 15439))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10029
10030 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10031 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10032 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10033 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10034 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10035
10036 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10037 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10038 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10039 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10040
10041 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10042 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10043 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10044 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10045 bindings.
10046
10047 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10048 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10049
10050 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10051 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10052 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10053 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10054 each time the macro executes.
10055 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10056 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10057 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10058 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10059 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10060 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10061 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10062
10063 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10064 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10065 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10066
10067 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10068 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10069 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10070 execute.
10071
10072 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10073 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10074
10075 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10076 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10077 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10078 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10079 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10080
10081 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10082 looked like this:
10083
10084 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10085 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10086 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10087
10088 You could enter the names in this format:
10089
10090 foo
10091 bar
10092 baz
10093
10094 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10095
10096 \\C-x (
10097 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10098 \\C-x )
10099
10100 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10101 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10102 " t nil)
10103 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10104
10105 ;;;***
10106 \f
10107 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10108 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
10109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10110
10111 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10112 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10113 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10114 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10115
10116 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10117 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10118 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10119 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10120 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10121
10122 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10123 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10124 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10125 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10126
10127 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10128 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10129
10130 ;;;***
10131 \f
10132 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10133 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10134 ;;;;;; (14723 62186))
10135 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10136
10137 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10138 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10139
10140 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10141
10142 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10143 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10144
10145 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10146 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10147 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10148 message.
10149
10150 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10151
10152 ;;;***
10153 \f
10154 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10155 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10156 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14800
10157 ;;;;;; 33445))
10158 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10159
10160 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10161 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10162 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10163 often correct parser.")
10164
10165 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10166
10167 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10168 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10169 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10170 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10171
10172 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10173 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10174 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10175 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10176
10177 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10178 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10179 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10180 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10181
10182 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10183 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10184 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10185 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10186 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10187 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10188
10189 ;;;***
10190 \f
10191 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10192 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14747 44775))
10193 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10194
10195 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10196 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10197
10198 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10199 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10200 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10201
10202 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10203 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10204 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10205
10206 ;;;***
10207 \f
10208 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10209 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10210 ;;;;;; 15646))
10211 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10212
10213 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10214 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10215 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10216 king@grassland.com
10217 If `parens', they look like:
10218 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10219 If `angles', they look like:
10220 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10221
10222 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10223 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10224 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10225 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10226 their `Resent-' variants.
10227
10228 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10229 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10230
10231 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10232 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10233 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10234
10235 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10236 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10237 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10238 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10239
10240 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10241 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10242 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10243 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10244
10245 ;;;***
10246 \f
10247 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10248 ;;;;;; (14720 7115))
10249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10250
10251 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10252 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10253 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10254
10255 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10256
10257 In the browser, use the following keys:
10258
10259 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10260
10261 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10262
10263 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10264 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10265
10266 makefile-target-colon:
10267 The string that gets appended to all target names
10268 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10269 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10270
10271 makefile-macro-assign:
10272 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10273 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10274 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10275 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10276 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10277 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10278
10279 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10280 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10281 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10282
10283 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10284 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10285
10286 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10287 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10288 up or down in the browser.
10289
10290 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10291 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10292
10293 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10294 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10295
10296 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10297 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10298 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10299 has been selected in the browser.
10300
10301 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10302 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10303 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10304 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10305 filenames are omitted.
10306
10307 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10308 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10309 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10310 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10311 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10312 the backslash itself intact.
10313 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10314 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10315
10316 makefile-browser-hook:
10317 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10318 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10319
10320 makefile-special-targets-list:
10321 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10322 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10323 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10324
10325 ;;;***
10326 \f
10327 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10328 ;;;;;; 28917))
10329 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10330
10331 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10332 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10333 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10334
10335 ;;;***
10336 \f
10337 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14826 51988))
10338 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10339
10340 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10341
10342 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10343 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10344 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10345 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10346 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10347 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10348 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10349
10350 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10351 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10352
10353 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10354 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10355
10356 ;;;***
10357 \f
10358 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10359 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10360 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10361 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10362 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10363 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10364 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10365 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10366 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14858 32485))
10367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10368
10369 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10370 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10371
10372 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10373 king@grassland.com
10374 If `parens', they look like:
10375 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10376 If `angles', they look like:
10377 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10378
10379 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10380 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10381
10382 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10383 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10384
10385 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10386 *Local news organization file.")
10387
10388 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10389 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10390 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10391 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10392
10393 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10394 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
10395 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
10396
10397 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10398 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10399
10400 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10401 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10402
10403 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10404 *Function for citing an original message.
10405 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10406 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10407 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10408
10409 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10410 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10411 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10412 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10413 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10414
10415 (defvar message-signature t "\
10416 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10417 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10418 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10419 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10420
10421 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10422 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
10423
10424 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10425
10426 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10427 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10428 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
10429 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
10430 C-c C-d Pospone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10431 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10432 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10433 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10434 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10435 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10436 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10437 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10438 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
10439 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10440 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
10441 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
10442 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10443 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
10444 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
10445 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
10446 C-c C-v message-delete-not-region (remove the text outside the region).
10447 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
10448 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body).
10449 C-c C-a mml-attach-file (attach a file as MIME).
10450 M-RET message-newline-and-reformat (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10451
10452 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10453 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10454 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10455
10456 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10457 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10458
10459 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10460 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10461
10462 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10463 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10464
10465 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10466 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10467 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10468
10469 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10470 Cancel an article you posted.
10471 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10472
10473 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10474 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10475 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10476 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10477
10478 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10479 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10480
10481 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10482 Forward the current message via mail.
10483 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10484 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10485
10486 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10487 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10488
10489 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10490 Re-mail the current message.
10491 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10492 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10493 you." t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10496 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10497
10498 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10499 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10500
10501 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10502 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10503
10504 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10505 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10508 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10509 Works by overstriking characters.
10510 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10511 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10512
10513 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10514 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10515 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10516 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10517
10518 ;;;***
10519 \f
10520 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10521 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10523
10524 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10525 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10526 Special commands:
10527 \\{meta-mode-map}
10528
10529 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10530 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10531
10532 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10533 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10534 Special commands:
10535 \\{meta-mode-map}
10536
10537 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10538 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10539
10540 ;;;***
10541 \f
10542 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10543 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10544 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
10545 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10546
10547 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10548 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10549 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10552 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10553 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10554 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10555 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10556 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10557 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10558
10559 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10560 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10561 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10562 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10563 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10564 means current).
10565 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10566 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10567
10568 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10569 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10570 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10571 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10572 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10573 means current).
10574 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10575 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10576
10577 ;;;***
10578 \f
10579 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10580 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14849 24594))
10581 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10582
10583 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10584 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10585 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10586 to the MH mail system.
10587
10588 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10589
10590 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10591 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10592 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10593 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10594 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
10595 that want to create a mail buffer.
10596 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
10597
10598 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
10599 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
10600 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10601 to the MH mail system.
10602
10603 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10604
10605 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
10606 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
10607 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
10608 using the MH mail handling system.
10609 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
10610 messages.
10611
10612 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
10613
10614 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
10615
10616 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
10617 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
10618 the yanked message.
10619
10620 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
10621 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
10622 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
10623 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
10624 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
10625
10626 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
10627 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
10628 inserted in a draft letter.
10629
10630 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
10631 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
10632
10633 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
10634
10635 ;;;***
10636 \f
10637 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14849
10638 ;;;;;; 24610))
10639 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
10640
10641 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
10642 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
10643 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10644 to the MH mail system." t nil)
10645
10646 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
10647 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
10648
10649 ;;;***
10650 \f
10651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
10652 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
10653
10654 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
10655 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
10656
10657 ;;;***
10658 \f
10659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14484 43737))
10660 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
10661
10662 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10663
10664 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10665
10666 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10667
10668 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10669
10670 ;;;***
10671 \f
10672 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
10673 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14721 29450))
10674 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
10675
10676 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
10677 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
10678 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
10679 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
10680 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
10681 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
10682 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
10683 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
10684 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
10685 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
10686 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
10687
10688 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
10689 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
10690 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
10691 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10692
10693 ;;;***
10694 \f
10695 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
10696 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
10697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
10698
10699 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
10700 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
10701
10702 ;;;***
10703 \f
10704 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
10705 ;;;;;; (14854 32223))
10706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
10707
10708 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
10709 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
10710 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
10711 the entire message.
10712 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
10713
10714 ;;;***
10715 \f
10716 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
10717 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
10718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
10719
10720 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
10721 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
10722 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
10723 followed by the first character of the construct.
10724 \\<m2-mode-map>
10725 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
10726 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
10727 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
10728 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
10729 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
10730 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
10731 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
10732 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
10733 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
10734 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
10735 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
10736 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
10737 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
10738 \\[m2-link] link
10739
10740 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
10741 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
10742 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
10743
10744 ;;;***
10745 \f
10746 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
10747 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
10748 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
10749
10750 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
10751 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
10752
10753 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
10754 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
10755
10756 ;;;***
10757 \f
10758 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
10759 ;;;;;; 26481))
10760 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
10761
10762 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
10763 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
10764 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10765 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
10766
10767 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
10768
10769 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
10770
10771 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
10772
10773 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
10774 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
10775 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
10776 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
10777 Triple-clicking selects lines.
10778 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
10779
10780 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
10781 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
10782 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
10783 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
10784 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
10785
10786 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
10787 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
10788
10789 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
10790 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
10791
10792 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
10793
10794 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
10795 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
10796 primary selection and region." t nil)
10797
10798 ;;;***
10799 \f
10800 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
10801 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
10802
10803 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
10804 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
10805
10806 ;;;***
10807 \f
10808 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14854 32222))
10809 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
10810
10811 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
10812 Toggle Msb mode on or off.
10813 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10815 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
10816
10817 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10818
10819 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
10820
10821 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
10822 Toggle Msb mode.
10823 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10824 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
10825 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
10826
10827 ;;;***
10828 \f
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
10830 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
10831 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
10832 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
10833 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
10834 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14763 35975))
10835 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
10836
10837 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
10838 Display a list of all character sets.
10839
10840 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
10841 for internal Emacs use.
10842
10843 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
10844 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
10845 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
10846 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
10847 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
10848
10849 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
10850 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
10851 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
10852 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
10853
10854 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10855 but still shows the full information." t nil)
10856
10857 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10858 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10859 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10860 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10861 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10862
10863 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10864 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10865 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10866 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10867 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10868
10869 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10870 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10871
10872 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
10873 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
10874
10875 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
10876 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
10877 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
10878 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
10879 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
10880
10881 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10882 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10883
10884 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10885 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10886
10887 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10888 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10889 at the place of `..':
10890 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
10891 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
10892 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10893 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
10894 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
10895 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
10896 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10897 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10898 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10899 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10900 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10901 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10902 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10903 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
10904 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10905 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
10906
10907 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10908 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10909
10910 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10911 Display a list of all coding systems.
10912 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10913
10914 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10915 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10916
10917 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10918 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10919
10920 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10921 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10922
10923 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10924 Display information of FONTSET.
10925 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
10926
10927 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10928 Display a list of all fontsets.
10929 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10930 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10931 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10932
10933 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10934 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10935
10936 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10937 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10938
10939 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10940 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10941 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10942 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10943
10944 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10945 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10946 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10947
10948 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10949 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10950 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10951
10952 ;;;***
10953 \f
10954 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10955 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10956 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10957 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10958 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10959 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10960 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10962
10963 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10964 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10965 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10966
10967 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
10968 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10969
10970 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
10971 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10972
10973 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10974 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10975
10976 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10977 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10978 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10979 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10980 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10981
10982 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10983 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10984 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10985 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10986 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10987
10988 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10989 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10990
10991 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10992
10993 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
10994 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
10995
10996 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
10997 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
10998 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
10999
11000 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11001 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11002 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11003
11004 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11005 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11006 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11007 is considered.
11008 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11009 longer than KEYSEQ.
11010 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11011
11012 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11013 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11014 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11015 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11016 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11017 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11018 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11019 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11020 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11021 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11022 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11023
11024 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11025 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11026
11027 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11028 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11029
11030 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11031 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11032
11033 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11034 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11035
11036 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11037 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11038
11039 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11040 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11041 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11042 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11043
11044 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11045 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11046 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11047 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11048
11049 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11050 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11051 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11052 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11053
11054 ;;;***
11055 \f
11056 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11057 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
11058 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11059
11060 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11061 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode on or off.
11062 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11064 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11065
11066 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11067
11068 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11069
11070 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11071 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11072 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11073 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11074
11075 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11076 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11077
11078 ;;;***
11079 \f
11080 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11081 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11082 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11083 ;;;;;; (14813 44131))
11084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11085
11086 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11087 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11088
11089 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11090 Ping HOST.
11091 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11092 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11093
11094 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11095 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11096
11097 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11098
11099 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11100 Run netstat program." t nil)
11101
11102 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11103 Run the arp program." t nil)
11104
11105 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11106 Run the route program." t nil)
11107
11108 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11109 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11110
11111 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11112 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11113
11114 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11115 Run dig program." t nil)
11116
11117 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11118 Run ftp program." t nil)
11119
11120 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11121 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11122
11123 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11124 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11125 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11126 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11127
11128 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11129
11130 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11131 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11132
11133 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11134 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11135
11136 ;;;***
11137 \f
11138 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11139 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11140 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11141 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11142 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
11143 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11144
11145 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11146
11147 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11148
11149 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11150
11151 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11152
11153 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11154
11155 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11156 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11157 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11158 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11159 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11160
11161 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11162 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11163
11164 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11165 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11166 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11167 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11168
11169 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11170 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11171
11172 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11173 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11174 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11175
11176 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11177 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11178 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11179 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11180 column indentation or nil.
11181 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11182
11183 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11184 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11185 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11186
11187 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11188 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11189 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11190 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11191
11192 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11193 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11194
11195 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11196 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11197 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11198
11199 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11200 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11201
11202 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11203 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11204 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11205
11206 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11207 Set the comment column based on point.
11208 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11209 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11210 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11211 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11212
11213 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11214 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11215 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11216
11217 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11218 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11219 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11220 comment markers." t nil)
11221
11222 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11223 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11224 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11225 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11226 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11227 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11228 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11229 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11230
11231 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11232 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11233
11234 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11235 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11236 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11237 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which
11238 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11239 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11240 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11241 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11242
11243 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11244 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11245 This indents the body of the continued comment
11246 under the previous comment line.
11247
11248 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11249 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11250 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11251
11252 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11253 or comment indentation.
11254
11255 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11256 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11257
11258 ;;;***
11259 \f
11260 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11261 ;;;;;; 32485))
11262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11263
11264 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11265 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11266 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11267 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11268 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11269 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11270
11271 ;;;***
11272 \f
11273 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11274 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11276
11277 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11278 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11279 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11280
11281 ;;;***
11282 \f
11283 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11284 ;;;;;; (14845 20875))
11285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11286
11287 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11288 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11289 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11290
11291 ;;;***
11292 \f
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11294 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11296
11297 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11298 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11299
11300 ;;;***
11301 \f
11302 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11303 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14792 2698))
11304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11305
11306 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11307 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11308
11309 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11310 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11311
11312 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11313 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11314
11315 ;;;***
11316 \f
11317 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11318 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
11319 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11320
11321 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11322 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11323 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11324
11325 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11326
11327 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11328 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11329 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11330 to future sessions." t nil)
11331
11332 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11333 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11334 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11335 to future sessions." t nil)
11336
11337 ;;;***
11338 \f
11339 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11340 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11342
11343 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11344 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11345 \\{nroff-mode-map}
11346 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11347 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11348 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11349
11350 ;;;***
11351 \f
11352 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11353 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11355
11356 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11357 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11358 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11359 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11360 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11361
11362 ;;;***
11363 \f
11364 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11365 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
11366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11367
11368 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11369 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11370 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11371
11372 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11373
11374 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11375 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11376
11377 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11378 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11379 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11380
11381 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11382
11383 ;;;***
11384 \f
11385 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11386 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
11387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11388
11389 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11390 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11391
11392 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11393 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11394 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11395 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11396
11397 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11398 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11399 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11400 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11401 is why you need this mode!).
11402
11403 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11404 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11405 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11406
11407 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11408
11409 Keybindings
11410 ===========
11411
11412 \\{octave-mode-map}
11413
11414 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11415 ==============================================
11416
11417 octave-auto-indent
11418 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11419 Default is nil.
11420
11421 octave-auto-newline
11422 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11423 Default is nil.
11424
11425 octave-blink-matching-block
11426 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11427 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11428
11429 octave-block-offset
11430 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11431 Default is 2.
11432
11433 octave-continuation-offset
11434 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11435 Default is 4.
11436
11437 octave-continuation-string
11438 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11439 Default is a backslash.
11440
11441 octave-mode-startup-message
11442 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11443 Default is t.
11444
11445 octave-send-echo-input
11446 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11447 command to the inferior Octave process.
11448
11449 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11450 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11451 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11452
11453 octave-send-echo-input
11454 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11455
11456 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11457
11458 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11459 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11460
11461 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11462 (setq auto-mode-alist
11463 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11464
11465 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11466 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11467
11468 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11469 (lambda ()
11470 (abbrev-mode 1)
11471 (auto-fill-mode 1)
11472 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11473 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11474
11475 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11476 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11477 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11478 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11479
11480 ;;;***
11481 \f
11482 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11483 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
11484 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11485
11486 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11487 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11488 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11489
11490 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11491 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11492 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11493 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11494 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11495
11496 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11497
11498 ;;;***
11499 \f
11500 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11501 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
11502 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11503
11504 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11505 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11506 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11507 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11508
11509 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11510 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11511 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11512 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11513
11514 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11515 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11516 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11517 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11518 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11519 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11520
11521 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11522 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11523
11524 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11525 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11526 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11527 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11528 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11529 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11530 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11531 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11532 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11533 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11534 The subheadings remain visible.
11535 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11536
11537 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11538 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11539 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11540
11541 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11542 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11543
11544 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11545 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11546 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11547 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11548
11549 ;;;***
11550 \f
11551 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14854 32222))
11552 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11553
11554 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11555 Toggle Show-Paren mode on or off.
11556 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11557 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11558 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11559
11560 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11561
11562 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11563
11564 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11565 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11566 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11567 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
11568
11569 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11570 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
11571
11572 ;;;***
11573 \f
11574 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
11575 ;;;;;; 14481))
11576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
11577
11578 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
11579 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
11580 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11581
11582 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
11583 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
11584
11585 Other useful functions are:
11586
11587 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
11588 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
11589 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
11590 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
11591 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
11592 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
11593 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
11594 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
11595 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
11596
11597 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
11598
11599 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
11600 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
11601 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
11602 Indentation for case statements.
11603 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
11604 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
11605 mark after an end.
11606 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
11607 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
11608 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
11609 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
11610 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11611 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
11612 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
11613 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
11614 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
11615 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
11616
11617 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
11618 pascal-separator-keywords.
11619
11620 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
11621 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11622
11623 ;;;***
11624 \f
11625 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
11626 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
11627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
11628
11629 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
11630 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
11631 The keys affected are:
11632 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
11633 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
11634 M-Backspace does undo.
11635 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
11636 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
11637 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
11638
11639 ;;;***
11640 \f
11641 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
11642 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14783 15356))
11643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
11644
11645 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
11646 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
11647
11648 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11649
11650 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
11651 which modify the status of the mark.
11652
11653 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
11654 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
11655
11656 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
11657 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
11658
11659 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
11660 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
11661 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
11662 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
11663 turning pc-selection-mode on.
11664
11665 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
11666 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
11667
11668 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
11669 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
11670 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
11671
11672 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
11673 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
11674 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
11675
11676 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
11677 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
11678
11679 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
11680 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
11681 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
11682
11683 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
11684 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
11685 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
11686
11687 F6 other-window
11688 DELETE delete-char
11689 C-DELETE kill-line
11690 M-DELETE kill-word
11691 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
11692 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
11693 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
11694
11695 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
11696 Toggle PC Selection mode.
11697 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
11698 and cursor movement commands.
11699 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11700 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
11701
11702 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11703
11704 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
11705
11706 ;;;***
11707 \f
11708 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
11709 ;;;;;; 33021))
11710 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
11711
11712 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
11713 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
11714
11715 ;;;***
11716 \f
11717 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
11718 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 35955))
11719 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
11720
11721 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11722 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
11723
11724 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11725 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
11726
11727 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11728 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
11729
11730 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11731 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
11732
11733 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
11734
11735 ;;;***
11736 \f
11737 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
11738 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14680 33024))
11739 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
11740
11741 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11742 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
11743
11744 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11745 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
11746
11747 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11748 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
11749
11750 ;;;***
11751 \f
11752 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
11753 ;;;;;; 33025))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
11755
11756 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
11757 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
11758 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
11759 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
11760 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
11761 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
11762
11763 ;;;***
11764 \f
11765 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
11766 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
11767 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026))
11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
11769
11770 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11771 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
11772
11773 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
11774
11775 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11776 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
11777
11778 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11779 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
11780
11781 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11782 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
11783
11784 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
11785
11786 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11787 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
11788
11789 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11790 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
11791
11792 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11793 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
11794
11795 ;;;***
11796 \f
11797 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
11798 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
11799 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14826
11800 ;;;;;; 56519))
11801 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
11802
11803 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
11804 Support extensible programmable completion.
11805 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
11806 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
11807
11808 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
11809 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
11810
11811 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
11812 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
11813 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
11814
11815 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
11816 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
11817
11818 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
11819 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
11820 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
11821
11822 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
11823 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
11824
11825 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
11826 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
11827
11828 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
11829 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
11830 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
11831 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
11832 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
11833
11834 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
11835 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
11836
11837 ;;;***
11838 \f
11839 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
11840 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
11841 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14854 32222))
11842 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
11843
11844 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
11845 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
11846 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
11847 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11848
11849 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
11850
11851 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
11852 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
11853 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
11854 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11855 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11856 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
11857 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
11858
11859 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
11860 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
11861 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
11862 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11863 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11864 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11865 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11866 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
11867
11868 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
11869 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
11870 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11871 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11872 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11873 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
11874
11875 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
11876 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
11877 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11878 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11879 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11880 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11881 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
11882
11883 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
11884
11885 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
11886 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
11887 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
11888
11889 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
11890 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
11891 NIL means never do it.
11892 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
11893 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
11894 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
11895
11896 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
11897 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
11898 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
11899
11900 ;;;***
11901 \f
11902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14854 32222))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
11904
11905 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
11906
11907 ;;;***
11908 \f
11909 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
11910 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
11911 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
11912
11913 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
11914 Major mode for editing Perl code.
11915 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
11916 Tab indents for Perl code.
11917 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
11918 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11919 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11920 \\{perl-mode-map}
11921 Variables controlling indentation style:
11922 perl-tab-always-indent
11923 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
11924 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11925 perl-tab-to-comment
11926 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
11927 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
11928 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
11929 perl-nochange
11930 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
11931 perl-indent-level
11932 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
11933 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11934 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11935 perl-continued-statement-offset
11936 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11937 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11938 perl-continued-brace-offset
11939 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11940 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
11941 perl-brace-offset
11942 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11943 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
11944 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11945 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11946 perl-label-offset
11947 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
11948
11949 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
11950 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
11951 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
11952 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
11953 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
11954 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
11955 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
11956
11957 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
11958
11959 ;;;***
11960 \f
11961 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
11962 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
11963 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
11964
11965 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
11966 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
11967 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
11968 afterwards settable by these commands:
11969 C-c < Move left after insertion.
11970 C-c > Move right after insertion.
11971 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
11972 C-c . Move down after insertion.
11973 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
11974 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
11975 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
11976 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
11977 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
11978 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
11979 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
11980 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
11981 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
11982 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
11983 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
11984 with these commands:
11985 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
11986 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
11987 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
11988 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
11989 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
11990 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
11991 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
11992 Return Move to beginning of next line.
11993 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
11994 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
11995 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
11996 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
11997 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
11998 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
11999 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12000 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12001 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12002 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12003 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12004 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12005 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12006 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12007 text is saved in the kill ring.
12008 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12009 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12010 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12011 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12012 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12013 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12014 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12015 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12016 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12017 commands if invoked soon enough.
12018 You can return to the previous mode with:
12019 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12020 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12021
12022 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12023
12024 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12025 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12026
12027 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12028
12029 ;;;***
12030 \f
12031 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776))
12032 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12033
12034 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12035 Play pong and waste time.
12036 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12037 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12038
12039 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12040
12041 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12042
12043 ;;;***
12044 \f
12045 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12046 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
12047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12048
12049 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12050 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12051 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12052 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12053 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12054
12055 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12056 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12057 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12058 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12059 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12060
12061 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12062 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12063 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12064 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12065
12066 ;;;***
12067 \f
12068 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12069 ;;;;;; (14729 20675))
12070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12071
12072 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12073 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12074 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12075 Commands:
12076 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12077 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12078 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12079
12080 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12081 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12082
12083 ;;;***
12084 \f
12085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12087
12088 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12089 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12090 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12091
12092 ;;;***
12093 \f
12094 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
12095 ;;;;;; 3920))
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12097
12098 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12099 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12100
12101 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12102
12103 The following variables hold user options, and can
12104 be set through the `customize' command:
12105
12106 ps-mode-auto-indent
12107 ps-mode-tab
12108 ps-mode-paper-size
12109 ps-mode-print-function
12110 ps-run-prompt
12111 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12112 ps-run-x
12113 ps-run-dumb
12114 ps-run-init
12115 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12116 ps-run-tmp-dir
12117
12118 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12119
12120
12121 \\{ps-mode-map}
12122
12123
12124 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12125 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12126 The keymap for this second window is:
12127
12128 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12129
12130
12131 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12132 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12133 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12134 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12135 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12136 " t nil)
12137
12138 ;;;***
12139 \f
12140 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
12141 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
12142 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
12143 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14729 19580))
12144 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12145
12146 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12147 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12148
12149 Valid values are:
12150
12151 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12152 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12153 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12154 changed by setting the variable
12155 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12156 The initial value of this variable is
12157 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12158 documentation).
12159
12160 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12161 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12162 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12163 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12164 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12165 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12166 test it.
12167
12168 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12169 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12170 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12171 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12172 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12173 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12174 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12175 use this value, be sure to have installed
12176 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
12177 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12178 documentation of this variable).
12179
12180 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12181 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12182 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12183 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12184 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12185 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12186
12187 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12188
12189 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12190 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12191 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12192
12193 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12194
12195 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12196 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12197
12198 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12199
12200 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12201
12202 Returns the value:
12203
12204 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12205
12206 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12207 the sequence." nil nil)
12208
12209 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12210 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12211
12212 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12213 composition.
12214
12215 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12216
12217 Returns the value:
12218
12219 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12220
12221 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12222 the sequence." nil nil)
12223
12224 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12225 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12226
12227 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12228 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12229 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12230
12231 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12232
12233 ;;;***
12234 \f
12235 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12236 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12237 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12238 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12239 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12240 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14858 37543))
12241 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12242
12243 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12244 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12245 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12246 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12247
12248 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12249 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12250
12251 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12252 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12253
12254 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12255 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
12256 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12257
12258 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12259 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12260 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12261
12262 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12263 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12264 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12265 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12266 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12267
12268 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12269 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12270 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12271
12272 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12273 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12274 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12275 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12276 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12277
12278 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12279 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12280 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
12281 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12282
12283 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12284
12285 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12286 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12287 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12288 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12289 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12290
12291 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12292
12293 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12294 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12295 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12296
12297 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12298
12299 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12300 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12301 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12302 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12303 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12304
12305 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12306
12307 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12308 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12309
12310 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12311 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
12312 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12313
12314 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12315 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12316 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12317
12318 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12319 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
12320 using the current ps-print setup.
12321 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12322 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12323
12324 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12325 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12326 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12327
12328 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12329 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12330 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12331
12332 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12333 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12334
12335 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12336 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12337
12338 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12339 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12340
12341 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12342
12343 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12344
12345 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12346 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12347
12348 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12349 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12350
12351 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12352
12353 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12354
12355 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12356
12357 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12358 foreground and background colors respectively.
12359
12360 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12361 bold - use bold font.
12362 italic - use italic font.
12363 underline - put a line under text.
12364 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12365 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12366 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12367 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12368 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12369
12370 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12371
12372 ;;;***
12373 \f
12374 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12375 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12376 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12377 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
12378 ;;;;;; (14845 20876))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12380
12381 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12382 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12383 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12384
12385 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12386 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12387 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12388 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12389 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12390 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12391 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12392
12393 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12394 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12395 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12396 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12397 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12398 shown.
12399 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12400
12401 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12402 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12403 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12404 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12405 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12406 list of candidates.
12407
12408 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12409 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12410 command to be called.
12411
12412 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12413 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12414 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12415 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12416
12417 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12418 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12419 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12420 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12421 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12422 to t.
12423
12424 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12425 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12426 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12427 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12428
12429 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12430 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12431 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12432 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12433
12434 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12435 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12436 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12437 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12438 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12439 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12440
12441 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12442 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12443 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12444 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12445 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12446 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12447
12448 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12449 covers Quail translation region.
12450
12451 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12452 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12453 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12454 for it) is inserted.
12455
12456 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12457 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12458 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12459
12460 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12461 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12462 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12463
12464 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12465 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12466
12467 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12468 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12469 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12470 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12471 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12472
12473 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12474 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12475
12476 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12477 keyboard type." t nil)
12478
12479 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12480 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12481 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12482 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12483 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12484 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12485 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12486 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12487 for the translation.
12488 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12489
12490 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12491 it is used to handle KEY.
12492
12493 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12494 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12495 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12496 the following annotation types are supported.
12497
12498 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12499 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12500
12501 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12502 candidate list.
12503
12504 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12505 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12506 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12507 inserted.
12508
12509 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12510 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12511
12512 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12513 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12514
12515 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12516 which to install MAP.
12517
12518 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12519
12520 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12521 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12522
12523 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12524 which to install MAP.
12525
12526 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12527
12528 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12529 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12530 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12531 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12532 a function, or a cons.
12533 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12534 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12535 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12536 for the translation.
12537 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
12538 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
12539 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
12540 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
12541 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12542
12543 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12544 it is used to handle KEY.
12545
12546 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
12547 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
12548 current Quail package.
12549
12550 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
12551 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
12552
12553 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
12554 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
12555
12556 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
12557 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
12558
12559 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
12560
12561 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
12562 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
12563
12564 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
12565 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
12566 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
12567 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
12568 of the Emacs source tree.
12569
12570 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
12571 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
12572
12573 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
12574 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
12575 of each directory." t nil)
12576
12577 ;;;***
12578 \f
12579 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
12580 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
12581 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
12582 ;;;;;; 8650))
12583 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
12584
12585 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
12586 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
12587 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
12588 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
12589
12590 To make use of this do something like:
12591
12592 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
12593
12594 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
12595
12596 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
12597 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
12598
12599 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
12600 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12601 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12602
12603 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
12604 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
12605
12606 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
12607 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
12608
12609 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
12610 is decided." t nil)
12611
12612 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
12613 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
12614
12615 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
12616 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12617 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12618
12619 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
12620 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
12621
12622 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
12623 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
12624
12625 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
12626 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
12627
12628 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
12629
12630 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
12631
12632 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
12633 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
12634
12635 ;;;***
12636 \f
12637 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550
12638 ;;;;;; 7848))
12639 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
12640
12641 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
12642 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
12643 See \\[compile]." t nil)
12644
12645 ;;;***
12646 \f
12647 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
12648 ;;;;;; (14539 46619))
12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
12650
12651 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
12652 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
12653
12654 ;;;***
12655 \f
12656 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
12657 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
12658 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14854 32222))
12659 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
12660
12661 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
12662 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
12663
12664 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
12665 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
12666
12667 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
12668 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
12669
12670 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
12671 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
12672 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
12673 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
12674 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
12675
12676 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
12677 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
12678
12679 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
12680 Toggle Recentf mode on or off.
12681 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12683 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
12684
12685 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12686
12687 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
12688
12689 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
12690 Toggle recentf mode.
12691 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12692 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12693
12694 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
12695 were operated on recently." t nil)
12696
12697 ;;;***
12698 \f
12699 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
12700 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
12701 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
12702 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14710
12703 ;;;;;; 21251))
12704 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
12705
12706 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
12707 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
12708 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
12709 spaces and tab.
12710
12711 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
12712 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
12713
12714 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
12715 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
12716 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
12717 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
12718 ends.
12719
12720 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12721 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
12722 to be deleted." t nil)
12723
12724 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12725 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12726 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
12727
12728 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12729 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
12730 deleted." nil nil)
12731
12732 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12733 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12734 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
12735
12736 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
12737 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
12738
12739 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12740 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
12741
12742 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
12743 deleted." t nil)
12744
12745 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
12746 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
12747
12748 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
12749 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
12750 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
12751 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
12752 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
12753 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
12754 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
12755
12756 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
12757 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
12758
12759 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
12760 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
12761
12762 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12763 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
12764 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
12765 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
12766
12767 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
12768 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
12769 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
12770 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
12771 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
12772
12773 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12774 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
12775
12776 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
12777 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
12778
12779 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12780 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
12781 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
12782
12783 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
12784 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
12785
12786 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
12787 Blank out the region-rectangle.
12788 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
12789
12790 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12791 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
12792 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
12793
12794 ;;;***
12795 \f
12796 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14845
12797 ;;;;;; 20876))
12798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
12799
12800 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
12801 Toggle Refill minor mode.
12802 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
12803
12804 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
12805 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
12806 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
12807
12808 ;;;***
12809 \f
12810 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
12811 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
12812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
12813
12814 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
12815 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
12816
12817 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
12818 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
12819
12820 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
12821 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
12822
12823 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
12824 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
12825 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
12826 \\ref macro.
12827
12828 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
12829 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
12830 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
12831
12832 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
12833 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
12834 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
12835
12836 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
12837 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
12838
12839 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
12840 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
12841
12842 \\{reftex-mode-map}
12843 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
12844 on the menu bar.
12845
12846 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
12847
12848 ;;;***
12849 \f
12850 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
12851 ;;;;;; (14702 63699))
12852 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
12853
12854 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
12855 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
12856 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
12857 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
12858 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
12859 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
12860
12861 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
12862
12863 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
12864
12865 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
12866 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
12867 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
12868 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
12869
12870 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
12871 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
12872 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
12873 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
12874
12875 ;;;***
12876 \f
12877 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
12878 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
12879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
12880
12881 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
12882 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
12883 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
12884
12885 To insert new phrases, use
12886 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
12887 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
12888
12889 To index phrases use one of:
12890
12891 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
12892 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
12893 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
12894 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
12895 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
12896
12897 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
12898 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
12899
12900 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
12901
12902 Here are all local bindings.
12903
12904 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
12905
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
12909 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
12910 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
12911
12912 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
12913 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
12914 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
12915 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
12916 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
12917 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
12918
12919 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
12920 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
12921
12922 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
12923 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
12924
12925 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
12926 Return the depth of REGEXP.
12927 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
12928 in REGEXP." nil nil)
12929
12930 ;;;***
12931 \f
12932 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
12933 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
12934
12935 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
12936 Repeat most recently executed command.
12937 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
12938 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
12939 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
12940
12941 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
12942 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
12943 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
12944
12945 ;;;***
12946 \f
12947 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
12948 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
12949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
12950
12951 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
12952 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
12953
12954 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
12955 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
12956 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
12957 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
12958 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
12959 and point is left after the salutation.
12960
12961 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
12962 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
12963 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
12964 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
12965 left after that text.
12966
12967 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
12968 is non-nil.
12969
12970 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
12971 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
12972 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
12973 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
12974
12975 ;;;***
12976 \f
12977 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
12978 ;;;;;; (14808 17014))
12979 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
12980
12981 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
12982 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
12983 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
12984 visibility of comments that precede it.
12985 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
12986 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
12987 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
12988 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
12989 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
12990 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
12991 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
12992 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
12993 the comment lines.
12994 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
12995 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
12996 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
12997 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
12998 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
12999 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13000
13001 ;;;***
13002 \f
13003 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13004 ;;;;;; 50658))
13005 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13006
13007 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13008 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13009
13010 ;;;***
13011 \f
13012 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13013 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13015
13016 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13017 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13018
13019 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13020 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13021
13022 ;;;***
13023 \f
13024 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13026 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13027
13028 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13029 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13030 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13031 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13032
13033 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13034
13035 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13036 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13037 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13038 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13039
13040 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13041 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13042
13043 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13044 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13045
13046 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13047 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13048 INPUT-ARGS.
13049
13050 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13051 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13052 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13053 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13054 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13055
13056 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13057 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13058 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13059 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13060
13061 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13062 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13063 variable." t nil)
13064
13065 ;;;***
13066 \f
13067 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13068 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13069 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13070 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13071 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13072 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13073 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14726 41837))
13074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13075
13076 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13077 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13078 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13079 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13080
13081 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13082 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13083 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13084 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13085 value is the user's name.)
13086 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13087
13088 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
13089 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13090 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13091 which normally happens once for each message,
13092 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13093 To make a change in this variable take effect
13094 for a message that you have already viewed,
13095 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13096
13097 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13098 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13099 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13100 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13101
13102 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
13103 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13104
13105 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13106 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13107 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13108 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13109
13110 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13111 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13112
13113 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13114 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13115
13116 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13117 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13118 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13119 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13120 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13121
13122 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13123 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13124
13125 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13126 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13127
13128 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13129 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13130
13131 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
13132 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13133
13134 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13135 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13136
13137 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13138 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13139
13140 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13141 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13142
13143 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13144 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13145
13146 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13147 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13148 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13149 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13150
13151 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13152 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13153
13154 This is set to nil by default.")
13155
13156 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13157 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13158 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13159 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13160 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13161
13162 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13163 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
13164
13165 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13166 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13167 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13168 this feature is required with `require'.")
13169
13170 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13171 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13172 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13173 the message is decoded as normal way.
13174
13175 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13176 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13177 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13178
13179 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13180 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13181 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13182
13183 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13184 Read and edit incoming mail.
13185 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13186 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13187 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13188
13189 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13190 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13191 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13192 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13193
13194 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13195
13196 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13197 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13198 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13199 Instead, these commands are available:
13200
13201 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13202 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13203 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13204 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13205 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13206 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13207 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13208 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13209 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13210 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13211 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13212 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13213 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13214 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13215 till a deleted message is found.
13216 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13217 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13218 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13219 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13220 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13221 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13222 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13223 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13224 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13225 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13226 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13227 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13228 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13229 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13230 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13231 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13232 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13233 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13234 (label defaults to last one specified).
13235 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13236 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13237 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13238 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13239 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13240 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13241 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13242 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13243 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13244
13245 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13246 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13247
13248 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13249 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13250
13251 ;;;***
13252 \f
13253 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13254 ;;;;;; (14387 64265))
13255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13256
13257 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13258 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13259
13260 ;;;***
13261 \f
13262 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13263 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13264 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
13265 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13266
13267 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13268 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13269 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13270
13271 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13272 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13273 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13274
13275 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13276
13277 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13278 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13279 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13280 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13281 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13282
13283 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13284 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13285 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13286 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13287 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13288
13289 ;;;***
13290 \f
13291 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13292 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
13293 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13294
13295 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13296 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13297 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13298 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13299
13300 ;;;***
13301 \f
13302 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13303 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13304 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
13305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13306
13307 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13308 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13309 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13310 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13311 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13312 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13313 a file name as a string.")
13314
13315 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13316 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13317 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13318 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13319 buffer visiting that file.
13320 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13321 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13322
13323 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13324 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13325
13326 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13327 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13328
13329 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13330 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13331
13332 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13333 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13334
13335 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13336 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13337 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13338 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13339 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13340
13341 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13342 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13343 will be appended with their original headers.
13344
13345 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13346 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13347
13348 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13349 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13350
13351 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13352
13353 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13354 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13355 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13356
13357 ;;;***
13358 \f
13359 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13360 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13361 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
13362 ;;;;;; 26387))
13363 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13364
13365 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13366 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13367 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13368
13369 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13370 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13371 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13372
13373 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13374 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13375 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13376
13377 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13378 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13379 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13380
13381 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13382 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13383 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13384
13385 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13386 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13387 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13388
13389 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
13390 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13391 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13392 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13393
13394 ;;;***
13395 \f
13396 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13397 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13398 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13399 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13400 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354))
13401 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13402
13403 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13404 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13405
13406 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13407 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13408
13409 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13410 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13411
13412 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13413 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13414 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13415
13416 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13417 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13418 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13419 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13420 only look in the To and From fields.
13421 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13422
13423 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13424 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13425 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13426 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13427 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13428
13429 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13430 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13431 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13432 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13433 look in the whole message.
13434 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13435
13436 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13437 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13438 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13439
13440 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13441 *Function to decode summary-line.
13442
13443 By default, `identity' is set.")
13444
13445 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13446 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13447 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13448 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13449 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13450 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13451 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13452
13453 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13454 sent by you under different user names.
13455 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13456
13457 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13458
13459 ;;;***
13460 \f
13461 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
13462 ;;;;;; (14660 49436))
13463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
13464
13465 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13466 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13467 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13468 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13469
13470 ;;;***
13471 \f
13472 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13473 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
13474 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13475
13476 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13477 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13478 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
13479
13480 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13481 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13482
13483 ;;;***
13484 \f
13485 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13486 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13487 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13488 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
13489 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13490
13491 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13492 *This variable is obsolete.")
13493
13494 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13495
13496 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13497
13498 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
13499 *This variable is obsolete.")
13500
13501 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
13502 *This variable is obsolete.")
13503
13504 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
13505 *This variable is obsolete.")
13506
13507 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
13508 *This variable is obsolete.")
13509
13510 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
13511 *This variable is obsolete.")
13512
13513 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
13514 This function is obsolete." t nil)
13515
13516 ;;;***
13517 \f
13518 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
13519 ;;;;;; (14821 46406))
13520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
13521
13522 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
13523 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
13524 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13525
13526 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
13527 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
13528 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
13529 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
13530 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
13531 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
13532 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
13533 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
13534
13535 Commands:
13536 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13537 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13538 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13539 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
13540 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13541
13542 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
13543 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
13544 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13545
13546 Commands:
13547 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13548 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13549 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13550 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
13551 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
13552 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
13553
13554 ;;;***
13555 \f
13556 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
13557 ;;;;;; (14792 2703))
13558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
13559
13560 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
13561 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
13562 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
13563
13564 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
13565
13566 ;;;***
13567 \f
13568 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
13569 ;;;;;; 56615))
13570 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
13571
13572 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
13573 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
13574 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
13575 \\{scribe-mode-map}
13576
13577 Interesting variables:
13578
13579 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
13580 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
13581
13582 scribe-electric-quote
13583 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
13584
13585 scribe-electric-parenthesis
13586 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
13587 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
13588
13589 ;;;***
13590 \f
13591 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
13592 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
13593 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
13594 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
13595 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14821 31351))
13596 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
13597
13598 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
13599 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
13600
13601 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13602 king@grassland.com
13603 If `parens', they look like:
13604 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13605 If `angles', they look like:
13606 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
13607 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
13608 derived from the envelope-from address.
13609
13610 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
13611 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
13612 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
13613 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
13614
13615 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
13616 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
13617 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
13618
13619 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
13620 is a privileged operation.")
13621
13622 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
13623 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
13624 This is done when the message is initialized,
13625 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
13626
13627 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
13628 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
13629 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
13630
13631 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
13632 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
13633
13634 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
13635 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
13636 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
13637 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
13638
13639 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
13640 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
13641
13642 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
13643 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
13644 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
13645
13646 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
13647 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
13648 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
13649 when you first send mail.")
13650
13651 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
13652 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
13653 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
13654 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
13655 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
13656
13657 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
13658 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
13659 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
13660 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
13661 This file need not actually exist.")
13662
13663 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
13664 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
13665 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
13666 If a string, that string is inserted.
13667 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
13668 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
13669 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
13670 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
13671
13672 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
13673 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
13674 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
13675 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
13676 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
13677 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
13678 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
13679 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
13680 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
13681 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
13682 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
13683 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
13684 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
13685
13686 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
13687 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13688 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
13689 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
13690 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
13691 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13692
13693 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
13694 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13695 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
13696
13697 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
13698 User should not set this variable manually,
13699 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
13700 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
13701 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13702 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
13703
13704 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
13705 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
13706 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
13707 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
13708
13709 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
13710 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
13711
13712 \\<mail-mode-map>
13713 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
13714
13715 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
13716 to move to message header fields:
13717 \\{mail-mode-map}
13718
13719 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
13720 when the message is initialized.
13721
13722 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
13723 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
13724
13725 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
13726 is inserted.
13727
13728 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
13729 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
13730
13731 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
13732 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
13733
13734 The second through fifth arguments,
13735 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
13736 the initial contents of those header fields.
13737 These arguments should not have final newlines.
13738 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
13739 original message being replied to, or else an action
13740 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
13741 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
13742 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
13743 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
13744 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
13745 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
13746
13747 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
13748 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
13749
13750 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
13751 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
13752
13753 ;;;***
13754 \f
13755 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14754 19514))
13756 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
13757
13758 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
13759 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
13760 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
13761 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
13762 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
13763 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
13764
13765 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
13766
13767 ;;;***
13768 \f
13769 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
13770 ;;;;;; (14501 47217))
13771 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
13772
13773 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
13774 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
13775 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
13776 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
13777 `sgml-quick-keys'.
13778
13779 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
13780 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
13781 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
13782
13783 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
13784 your `.emacs' file.
13785
13786 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
13787
13788 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
13789 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
13790 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
13791
13792 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
13793 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
13794 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
13795 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
13796 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
13797 which this is based.
13798
13799 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
13800
13801 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
13802 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
13803 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
13804 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
13805
13806 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
13807 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
13808 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
13809
13810 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
13811 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
13812 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
13813 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
13814
13815 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
13816 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
13817 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
13818 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
13819
13820 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
13821
13822 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
13823 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
13824 To work around that, do:
13825 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
13826
13827 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
13828
13829 ;;;***
13830 \f
13831 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
13832 ;;;;;; (14834 55789))
13833 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
13834
13835 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
13836
13837 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
13838 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
13839 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
13840 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
13841 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
13842 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
13843
13844 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
13845 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
13846 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
13847 shell-specific features.
13848
13849 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
13850 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
13851 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
13852
13853 \\[sh-case] case statement
13854 \\[sh-for] for loop
13855 \\[sh-function] function definition
13856 \\[sh-if] if statement
13857 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
13858 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
13859 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
13860 \\[sh-select] select loop
13861 \\[sh-until] until loop
13862 \\[sh-while] while loop
13863
13864 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
13865 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
13866 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
13867 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
13868 would indent to the way it currently is.
13869 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
13870 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
13871
13872
13873 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
13874 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
13875 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
13876 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
13877 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
13878 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
13879
13880 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
13881 {, (, [, ', \", `
13882 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
13883
13884 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
13885 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
13886 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
13887
13888 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
13889 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
13890
13891 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
13892
13893 ;;;***
13894 \f
13895 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
13896 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
13897 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
13898
13899 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
13900 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
13901
13902 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
13903 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
13904 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
13905 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
13906 the earlier.
13907
13908 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
13909
13910 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
13911
13912 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
13913 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
13914 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
13915
13916 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
13917 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
13918
13919 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
13920 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
13921 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
13922 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
13923 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
13924 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
13925 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
13926 emacs version).
13927
13928 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
13929 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
13930 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
13931 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
13932 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
13933
13934 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
13935 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
13936 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
13937
13938 ;;;***
13939 \f
13940 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
13941 ;;;;;; (14841 20034))
13942 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
13943
13944 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
13945 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history.
13946 For shells that match this regexp, Emacs will write out the
13947 command history when the shell finishes.")
13948
13949 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
13950 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
13951 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
13952 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
13953 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
13954 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
13955 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
13956 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
13957 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
13958 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
13959 discards input when it starts up.)
13960 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
13961 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
13962 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
13963
13964 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13965 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13966 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13967 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
13968 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13969 `default-process-coding-system'.
13970
13971 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
13972 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
13973 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
13974 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
13975
13976 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13977 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
13978
13979 ;;;***
13980 \f
13981 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
13982 ;;;;;; 23740))
13983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
13984
13985 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
13986 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
13987 \\{simula-mode-map}
13988 Variables controlling indentation style:
13989 simula-tab-always-indent
13990 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
13991 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13992 simula-indent-level
13993 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
13994 simula-substatement-offset
13995 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
13996 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
13997 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
13998 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
13999 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14000 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14001 simula-label-offset -4711
14002 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14003 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14004 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14005 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14006 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14007 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14008 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14009 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14010 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14011 simula-electric-indent nil
14012 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14013 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14014 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14015 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14016 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14017 or nil if they should not be changed.
14018 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14019 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14020 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14021 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14022
14023 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14024 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14025
14026 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14027 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14028 at all." t nil)
14029
14030 ;;;***
14031 \f
14032 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14033 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14034 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
14035 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14036
14037 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14038 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14039
14040 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14041 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14042 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14043 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14044 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14045
14046 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14047 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14048 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14049 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14050 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14051 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14052 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14053
14054 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14055 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14056 ignored." t nil)
14057
14058 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14059 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14060 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14061 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14062 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14063 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14064 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14065
14066 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14067 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14068 ignored." t nil)
14069
14070 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14071 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14072
14073 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14074 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14075 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14076 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14077
14078 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14079 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14080 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14081 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14082
14083 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14084 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14085 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14086
14087 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14088 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14089
14090 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14091 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14092
14093 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14094 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
14095 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14096 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14097 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
14098 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
14099 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14100 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14101 nil skipped
14102
14103 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14104 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14105 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14106 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14107 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14108 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14109 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14110 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14111
14112 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14113 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14114 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14115 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14116 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14117 available:
14118
14119 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14120 then: insert previously read string once more
14121 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14122 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14123 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14124
14125 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14126 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14127
14128 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14129 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14130
14131 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14132 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14133 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14134 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14135
14136 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14137 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14138 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14139
14140 ;;;***
14141 \f
14142 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14821
14143 ;;;;;; 31349))
14144 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
14145
14146 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
14147 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
14148 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14149
14150 ;;;***
14151 \f
14152 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14153 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
14154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14155
14156 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14157 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images." t nil)
14158
14159 ;;;***
14160 \f
14161 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14162 ;;;;;; (14342 21630))
14163 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14164
14165 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14166
14167 ;;;***
14168 \f
14169 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
14170 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14171
14172 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14173 Play the Snake game.
14174 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14175
14176 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14177
14178 snake-mode keybindings:
14179 \\<snake-mode-map>
14180 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14181 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14182 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14183 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14184 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14185 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14186 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14187
14188 " t nil)
14189
14190 ;;;***
14191 \f
14192 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14193 ;;;;;; (14550 9134))
14194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14195
14196 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14197 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14198 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14199 Tab indents for C code.
14200 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14201 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14202 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14203 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14204 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14205
14206 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14207 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14208 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14209 Tab indents for C code.
14210 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14211 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14212 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14213 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14214 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14215
14216 ;;;***
14217 \f
14218 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14219 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14220 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
14221 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14222
14223 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14224 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14225
14226 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14227 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14228 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14229
14230 For example, the form
14231
14232 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14233 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14234
14235 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14236
14237 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14238 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14239
14240 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14241 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14242 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14243 York City.
14244
14245 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14246
14247 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14248 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14249
14250 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14251 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14252 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14253 York City.
14254
14255 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14256
14257 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14258 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14259 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14260 pair.
14261
14262 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14263
14264 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14265 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14266 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14267
14268 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14269 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14270
14271 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14272
14273 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14274 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14275 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14276
14277 ;;;***
14278 \f
14279 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14280 ;;;;;; 20348))
14281 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14282
14283 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14284 Play Solitaire.
14285
14286 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14287 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14288 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14289 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14290 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14291 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14292 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14293 check after each move or undo)
14294
14295 What is Solitaire?
14296
14297 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14298 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14299 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14300
14301 Le Solitaire
14302 ============
14303
14304 o o o
14305
14306 o o o
14307
14308 o o o o o o o
14309
14310 o o o . o o o
14311
14312 o o o o o o o
14313
14314 o o o
14315
14316 o o o
14317
14318 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14319 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14320 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14321 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14322
14323 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14324 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14325 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14326 this: o o .
14327
14328 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14329 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14330
14331 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14332
14333 o o o
14334
14335 . o o
14336
14337 o o . o o o o
14338
14339 o . o o o o o
14340
14341 o o o o o o o
14342
14343 o o o
14344
14345 o o o
14346
14347 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14348
14349 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14350
14351 ;;;***
14352 \f
14353 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14354 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14355 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36842))
14356 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14357
14358 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14359 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14360 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14361
14362 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14363 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14364 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14365 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14366 contiguous.
14367
14368 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14369 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14370 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14371 the sort order.
14372
14373 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14374 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14375
14376 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14377 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14378 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14379 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14380 is called.
14381
14382 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14383 It should move point to the end of the record.
14384
14385 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14386 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14387 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14388 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14389 starts at the beginning of the record.
14390
14391 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14392 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14393 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14394
14395 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14396 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14397 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14398 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14399 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14400 the sort order." t nil)
14401
14402 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14403 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14404 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14405 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14406 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14407 the sort order." t nil)
14408
14409 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14410 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14411 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14412 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14413 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14414 the sort order." t nil)
14415
14416 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14417 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14418 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14419 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14420 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14421 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14422 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14423 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14424 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14425
14426 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14427 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14428 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14429 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14430 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14431 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
14432 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14433 the sort order." t nil)
14434
14435 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
14436 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
14437 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
14438 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
14439 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
14440 is to be used for sorting.
14441 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
14442 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
14443 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
14444 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
14445 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
14446
14447 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
14448
14449 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14450 the sort order.
14451
14452 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
14453 starting with the letter \"f\",
14454 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
14455
14456 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
14457 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
14458 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
14459 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
14460 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
14461 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
14462 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14463 the sort order.
14464
14465 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
14466 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
14467 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
14468 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
14469 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
14470
14471 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
14472 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
14473 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
14474
14475 ;;;***
14476 \f
14477 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
14478 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14783 15356))
14479 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
14480
14481 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
14482
14483 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
14484 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
14485 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
14486 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
14487 supported at a time.
14488 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
14489 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
14490
14491 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
14492 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
14493 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
14494 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
14495
14496 ;;;***
14497 \f
14498 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
14499 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
14500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
14501
14502 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14503
14504 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
14505 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
14506 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
14507 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
14508 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
14509 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
14510
14511 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
14512 Check spelling of word at or before point.
14513 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
14514 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
14515
14516 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
14517 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
14518 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
14519 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
14520 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
14521
14522 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
14523 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
14524
14525 ;;;***
14526 \f
14527 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
14528 ;;;;;; 31351))
14529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
14530
14531 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
14532 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
14533
14534 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
14535 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
14536
14537 ;;;***
14538 \f
14539 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
14540 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
14541 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14829 52426))
14542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
14543
14544 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
14545 Show short help for the SQL modes.
14546
14547 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
14548 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
14549
14550 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
14551
14552 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
14553
14554 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
14555
14556 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
14557 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
14558 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
14559 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
14560 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
14561 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
14562 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
14563
14564 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
14565
14566 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
14567 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
14568 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
14569 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
14570
14571 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
14572 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
14573 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
14574 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
14575
14576 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
14577 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
14578 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
14579
14580 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
14581 Major mode to edit SQL.
14582
14583 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
14584 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
14585 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
14586
14587 \\{sql-mode-map}
14588 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
14589
14590 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
14591 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
14592 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
14593 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
14594 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
14595 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
14596
14597 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
14598 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
14599
14600 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
14601 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
14602
14603 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14604 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14605 `*SQL*'.
14606
14607 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
14608 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
14609 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
14610 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
14611
14612 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14613 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14614
14615 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14616 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14617 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14618 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14619 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14620 `default-process-coding-system'.
14621
14622 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14623
14624 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
14625 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
14626
14627 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14628 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14629 `*SQL*'.
14630
14631 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
14632 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
14633 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.
14634
14635 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14636 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14637
14638 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14639 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14640 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14641 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14642 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14643 `default-process-coding-system'.
14644
14645 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14646
14647 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
14648 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
14649
14650 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14651 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14652 `*SQL*'.
14653
14654 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
14655 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14656
14657 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14658 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14659
14660 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14661 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14662 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14663 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14664 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14665 `default-process-coding-system'.
14666
14667 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14668
14669 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
14670 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
14671
14672 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
14673 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
14674
14675 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14676 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14677 `*SQL*'.
14678
14679 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
14680 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
14681 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
14682
14683 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14684 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14685
14686 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14687 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14688 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14689 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14690 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14691 `default-process-coding-system'.
14692
14693 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14694
14695 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
14696 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
14697
14698 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14699 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14700 `*SQL*'.
14701
14702 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
14703 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
14704 defaults, if set.
14705
14706 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14707 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14708
14709 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14710 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14711 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14712 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14713 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14714 `default-process-coding-system'.
14715
14716 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14717
14718 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
14719 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
14720
14721 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14722 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14723 `*SQL*'.
14724
14725 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
14726 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14727
14728 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14729 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14730
14731 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14732 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14733 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14734 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14735 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14736 `default-process-coding-system'.
14737
14738 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14739
14740 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
14741 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
14742
14743 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14744 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14745 `*SQL*'.
14746
14747 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
14748 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
14749 as defaults, if set.
14750
14751 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14752 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14753
14754 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14755 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14756 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14757 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14758 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14759 `default-process-coding-system'.
14760
14761 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14762
14763 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
14764 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
14765
14766 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14767 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14768 `*SQL*'.
14769
14770 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
14771 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
14772
14773 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14774 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14775
14776 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14777 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14778 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14779 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14780 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14781 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
14782 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
14783 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
14784
14785 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
14786 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
14787
14788 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14789
14790 ;;;***
14791 \f
14792 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
14793 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
14794 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
14795 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
14796 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
14797 ;;;;;; (14788 10033))
14798 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
14799
14800 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
14801 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
14802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
14803 or M-x strokes-mode.")
14804
14805 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14806
14807 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
14808
14809 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
14810 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
14811 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
14812 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
14813 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
14814 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
14815
14816 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
14817
14818 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
14819 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
14820 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
14821 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
14822 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
14823 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
14824 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
14825
14826 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14827 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
14828 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
14829 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
14830 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
14831 then complete the stroke with button3.
14832 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
14833
14834 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
14835 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
14836 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
14837
14838 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14839 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
14840 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
14843 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
14844
14845 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
14846
14847 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
14848 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
14849
14850 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
14851 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
14852
14853 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
14854
14855 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
14856 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
14857 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
14858 chronologically by command name.
14859 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
14860
14861 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
14862 Toggle strokes being enabled.
14863 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
14864 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
14865 mode in all buffers when activated.
14866 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
14867 new strokes with
14868
14869 > M-x global-set-stroke
14870
14871 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
14872 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
14873 strokes with
14874
14875 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
14876 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
14877
14878 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
14879 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
14880 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
14881 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
14882
14883 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14884 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
14885
14886 ;;;***
14887 \f
14888 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
14889 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
14890 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
14891
14892 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
14893 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
14894
14895 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
14896 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
14897
14898 ;;;***
14899 \f
14900 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
14901 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
14902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
14903
14904 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
14905 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
14906 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
14907 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
14908 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
14909 original message but it does require a few things:
14910
14911 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
14912
14913 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
14914 reply buffer.
14915
14916 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
14917 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
14918 original message.
14919
14920 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
14921
14922 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
14923
14924 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
14925 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
14926 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
14927
14928 ;;;***
14929 \f
14930 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
14931 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
14932
14933 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
14934 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
14935 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
14936 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
14937 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
14938
14939 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
14940 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
14941 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
14942 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
14943 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
14944 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
14945 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
14946
14947 ;;;***
14948 \f
14949 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
14950 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
14951
14952 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
14953 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
14954
14955 ;;;***
14956 \f
14957 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14664 40536))
14958 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
14959
14960 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
14961 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
14962 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
14963 Letters no longer insert themselves.
14964 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
14965 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
14966 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
14967
14968 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
14969 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
14970 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
14971 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
14972
14973 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
14974 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
14975
14976 ;;;***
14977 \f
14978 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
14979 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14729 20675))
14980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
14981
14982 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
14983 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
14984 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
14985 Tab indents for Tcl code.
14986 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14987 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14988
14989 Variables controlling indentation style:
14990 tcl-indent-level
14991 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
14992 tcl-continued-indent-level
14993 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
14994
14995 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
14996 documentation for details):
14997 tcl-tab-always-indent
14998 Controls action of TAB key.
14999 tcl-auto-newline
15000 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15001 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15002 tcl-electric-hash-style
15003 Controls action of `#' key.
15004 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15005 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15006 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15007 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15008 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15009 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15010
15011 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15012 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15013 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15014 already exist.
15015
15016 Commands:
15017 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15018
15019 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15020 Run inferior Tcl process.
15021 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15022 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15023
15024 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15025 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15026 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15027
15028 ;;;***
15029 \f
15030 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14729 20675))
15031 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15032 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15033
15034 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15035 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15036 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15037 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15038 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15039 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15040 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15041 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15042
15043 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15044 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15045 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15046 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15047
15048 ;;;***
15049 \f
15050 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14702
15051 ;;;;;; 63698))
15052 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15053
15054 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15055 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15056 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15057 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15058 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15059 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15060
15061 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15062 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15063
15064 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15065 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15066
15067 ;;;***
15068 \f
15069 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
15070 ;;;;;; 23449))
15071 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15072
15073 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15074 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15075 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15076 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15077 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15078 program as keyboard input.
15079
15080 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15081 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
15082 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
15083 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
15084
15085 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
15086 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
15087 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
15088 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
15089 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
15090
15091 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
15092
15093 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
15094 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
15095 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
15096 terminal-redisplay-interval.
15097
15098 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
15099 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
15100 subprocess started." t nil)
15101
15102 ;;;***
15103 \f
15104 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
15105 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
15106
15107 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
15108 Play the Tetris game.
15109 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
15110 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
15111 as to form complete rows.
15112
15113 tetris-mode keybindings:
15114 \\<tetris-mode-map>
15115 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
15116 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
15117 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15118 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
15119 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
15120 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
15121 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
15122 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
15123
15124 " t nil)
15125
15126 ;;;***
15127 \f
15128 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
15129 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
15130 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15131 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
15132 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
15133 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
15134 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
15135 ;;;;;; (14849 20131))
15136 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
15137
15138 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
15139 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
15140
15141 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
15142 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
15143 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
15144 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
15145 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
15146
15147 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
15148 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
15149 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
15150 if it matches the first line of the file,
15151 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
15152
15153 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
15154 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
15155 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
15156 if the variable is non-nil.")
15157
15158 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
15159 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
15160
15161 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
15162 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
15163 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15164 See the documentation of that variable.")
15165
15166 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15167 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15168 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15169 See the documentation of that variable.")
15170
15171 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15172 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15173 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15174 See the documentation of that variable.")
15175
15176 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15177 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15178 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15179 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15180
15181 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15182 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15183 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15184
15185 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15186 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15187 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15188 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15189
15190 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15191 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15192 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15193 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15194
15195 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15196 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15197 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15198 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15199
15200 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15201 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15202 for example,
15203
15204 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15205 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15206
15207 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15208 use.")
15209
15210 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15211 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15212 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15213 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15214
15215 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15216 window system being used. For example,
15217
15218 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15219 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15220
15221 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15222 otherwise.")
15223
15224 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15225 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15226 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15227
15228 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15229 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15230 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15231 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15232 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15233
15234 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15235 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15236
15237 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15238 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15239
15240 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15241 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15242 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15243 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15244 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15245 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15246 says which mode to use." t nil)
15247
15248 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15249
15250 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15251
15252 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15253
15254 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15255 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15256 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15257 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15258 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15259
15260 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15261 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15262 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15263 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15264 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15265 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15266 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15267
15268 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15269 mismatched $'s or braces.
15270
15271 Special commands:
15272 \\{tex-mode-map}
15273
15274 Mode variables:
15275 tex-run-command
15276 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15277 tex-directory
15278 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15279 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15280 tex-dvi-print-command
15281 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15282 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15283 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15284 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15285 tex-dvi-view-command
15286 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15287 tex-show-queue-command
15288 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15289 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15290
15291 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15292 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15293 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15294
15295 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15296 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15297 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15298 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15299 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15300
15301 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15302 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15303 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15304 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15305 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15306 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15307 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15308
15309 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15310 mismatched $'s or braces.
15311
15312 Special commands:
15313 \\{tex-mode-map}
15314
15315 Mode variables:
15316 latex-run-command
15317 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15318 tex-directory
15319 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15320 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15321 tex-dvi-print-command
15322 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15323 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15324 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15325 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15326 tex-dvi-view-command
15327 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15328 tex-show-queue-command
15329 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15330 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15331
15332 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15333 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15334 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15335
15336 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15337 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15338 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15339 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15340 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15341
15342 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15343 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15344 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15345 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15346 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15347 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15348 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15349
15350 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15351 mismatched $'s or braces.
15352
15353 Special commands:
15354 \\{tex-mode-map}
15355
15356 Mode variables:
15357 slitex-run-command
15358 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15359 tex-directory
15360 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15361 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15362 tex-dvi-print-command
15363 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15364 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15365 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15366 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15367 tex-dvi-view-command
15368 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15369 tex-show-queue-command
15370 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15371 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15372
15373 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15374 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
15375 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
15376 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15377
15378 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
15379
15380 ;;;***
15381 \f
15382 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
15383 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 36293))
15384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
15385
15386 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
15387 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
15388 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15389 name specified in the @setfilename command.
15390
15391 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
15392 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
15393 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
15394
15395 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
15396 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
15397 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
15398 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
15399 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
15400
15401 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
15402 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
15403 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15404 names specified in the @setfilename command.
15405
15406 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
15407 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
15408 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
15409 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
15410
15411 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
15412 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
15413
15414 ;;;***
15415 \f
15416 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
15417 ;;;;;; (14855 56553))
15418 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
15419
15420 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
15421 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
15422
15423 It has these extra commands:
15424 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
15425
15426 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
15427 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
15428 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
15429 modified version of TeX input format.
15430
15431 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
15432 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
15433 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
15434 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
15435
15436 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
15437 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
15438 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
15439 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
15440 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
15441 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
15442 in the Texinfo file.
15443
15444 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
15445 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
15446 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
15447 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
15448 move forward past the closing brace.
15449
15450 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
15451 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
15452
15453 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
15454 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
15455 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
15456
15457 Here are the functions:
15458
15459 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
15460 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15461 texinfo-sequential-node-update
15462
15463 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15464 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15465 texinfo-master-menu
15466
15467 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15468
15469 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15470 which menu descriptions are indented.
15471
15472 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
15473 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
15474 in the region.
15475
15476 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
15477 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
15478 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
15479 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
15480
15481 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
15482 be the first node in the file.
15483
15484 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
15485 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
15486
15487 ;;;***
15488 \f
15489 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
15490 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
15491 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
15492 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
15493
15494 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
15495 Compose Thai characters in the region.
15496 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15497 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
15498
15499 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
15500 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
15501
15502 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
15503 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
15504
15505 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
15506
15507 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
15508 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
15509 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15510 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15511 to compose.
15512
15513 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
15514
15515 ;;;***
15516 \f
15517 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
15518 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
15519 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
15520 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
15521
15522 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
15523 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
15524
15525 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15526 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
15527 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15528 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15529 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15530
15531 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15532 a symbol as a valid THING.
15533
15534 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
15535 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
15536
15537 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15538 Return the THING at point.
15539 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15540 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15541 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15542
15543 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15544 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
15545
15546 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15547
15548 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15549
15550 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15551
15552 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15553
15554 ;;;***
15555 \f
15556 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
15557 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
15558 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
15559 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
15560 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
15561 ;;;;;; 33974))
15562 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
15563
15564 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
15565 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
15566 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
15567
15568 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
15569 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
15570
15571 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
15572 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
15573 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
15574
15575 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15576 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
15577
15578 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15579 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
15580
15581 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15582 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
15583 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
15584 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
15585
15586 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15587 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
15588 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
15589 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
15590
15591 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15592
15593 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15594 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
15595 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
15596
15597 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15598 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
15599 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
15600
15601 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15602
15603 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15604
15605 ;;;***
15606 \f
15607 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
15608 ;;;;;; (14780 47087))
15609 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
15610
15611 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
15612 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
15613 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15614 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15615 parameters.
15616 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15617
15618 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
15619 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
15620 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15621 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15622 parameters.
15623 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15624
15625 ;;;***
15626 \f
15627 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
15628 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14854 32222))
15629 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
15630
15631 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
15632 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
15633
15634 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
15635 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15636 This display updates automatically every minute.
15637 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15638 are displayed as well.
15639 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15640
15641 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
15642 Toggle Display-Time mode on or off.
15643 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15645 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
15646
15647 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15648
15649 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
15650
15651 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
15652 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15653 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
15654
15655 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
15656 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15657 are displayed as well.
15658 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15659
15660 ;;;***
15661 \f
15662 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
15663 ;;;;;; (14791 27442))
15664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
15665
15666 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15667 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
15668
15669 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15670 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
15671 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
15672
15673 ;;;***
15674 \f
15675 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
15676 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14845 20872))
15677 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
15678
15679 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
15680 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
15681 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
15682 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
15683 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
15684 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
15685 look like one of the following:
15686 Time-stamp: <>
15687 Time-stamp: \" \"
15688 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
15689 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
15690 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
15691 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
15692 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
15693 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
15694 template." t nil)
15695
15696 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
15697 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
15698 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15699
15700 ;;;***
15701 \f
15702 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
15703 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
15704 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
15705 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
15706 ;;;;;; (14845 20873))
15707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
15708
15709 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
15710 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
15711 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
15712 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
15713 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
15714 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
15715 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
15716 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
15717
15718 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
15719 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
15720 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
15721 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
15722 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
15723 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
15724 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
15725 this function is called within a day.
15726
15727 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
15728 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
15729 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
15730 discover the name of the project." t nil)
15731
15732 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
15733 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
15734 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
15735 begun during the last time segment.
15736
15737 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
15738 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
15739 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
15740 discover the reason." t nil)
15741
15742 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
15743 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
15744
15745 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
15746 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
15747 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
15748 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
15749 project you were working on." t nil)
15750
15751 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
15752 Ask the user before clocking out.
15753 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
15754
15755 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
15756 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
15757 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
15758
15759 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
15760 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
15761 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
15762 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
15763 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
15764 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
15765
15766 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
15767 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
15768 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
15769 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
15770
15771 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
15772 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
15773 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
15774 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
15775 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
15776 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
15777 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
15778 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
15779 non-nil." t nil)
15780
15781 ;;;***
15782 \f
15783 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
15784 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
15785 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
15786 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
15787
15788 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
15789
15790 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
15791 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
15792
15793 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
15794 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
15795
15796 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
15797 Perform an action at time TIME.
15798 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
15799 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
15800 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
15801 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
15802 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
15803 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15804
15805 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15806
15807 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
15808 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
15809 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
15810 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
15811 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15812
15813 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15814
15815 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
15816 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
15817 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
15818 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
15819
15820 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
15821 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
15822 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15823 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
15824
15825 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
15826 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
15827
15828 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15829 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
15830
15831 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
15832 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
15833 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
15834 The call should look like:
15835 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
15836 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
15837 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
15838 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
15839 be detected." nil (quote macro))
15840
15841 ;;;***
15842 \f
15843 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
15844 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14821 31351))
15845 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
15846
15847 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
15848 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
15849 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
15850 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
15851
15852 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
15853 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
15854 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
15855 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
15856 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
15857 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
15858 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
15859
15860 ;;;***
15861 \f
15862 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
15863 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14789 57836))
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
15865 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
15866 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
15867 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
15868
15869 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
15870 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
15871 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
15872 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
15873 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
15874
15875 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
15876 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
15877 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
15878 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
15879 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
15880
15881 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
15882 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
15883 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
15884 in the menu in two ways:
15885 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
15886 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
15887 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
15888
15889 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
15890 keymap or an alist of alists.
15891 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
15892 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
15893
15894 ;;;***
15895 \f
15896 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-print todo-save-top-priorities todo-top-priorities)
15897 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14690 14754))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
15899
15900 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
15901 List top priorities for each category.
15902
15903 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
15904 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
15905
15906 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
15907 between each category." t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload (quote todo-save-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
15910 Save top priorities for each category in `todo-file-top'.
15911
15912 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
15913 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'." t nil)
15914
15915 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
15916 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
15917 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
15918 between each category.
15919
15920 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
15921
15922 ;;;***
15923 \f
15924 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
15925 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14854 32223))
15926 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
15927
15928 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
15929 Toggle Tool-Bar mode on or off.
15930 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15931 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15932 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
15933
15934 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15935
15936 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
15937
15938 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
15939 Toggle use of the tool bar.
15940 With ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
15941
15942 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
15943 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
15944
15945 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
15946 Add an item to the tool bar.
15947 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
15948 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
15949 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
15950 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
15951
15952 ICON is the base name of a file cnntaining the image to use. The
15953 function will try to use first ICON.xpm, ICON.pbm then ICON.xbm using
15954 `find-image'.
15955
15956 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
15957 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
15958 function." nil nil)
15959
15960 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
15961 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
15962 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
15963 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
15964 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
15965 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
15966 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
15967
15968 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
15969 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
15970 function." nil nil)
15971
15972 ;;;***
15973 \f
15974 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
15975 ;;;;;; (14849 20130))
15976 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
15977
15978 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
15979 Mode for tooltip display.
15980 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
15981
15982 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
15983 Toggle tooltip-mode.
15984 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15985 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
15986
15987 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15988
15989 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
15990
15991 ;;;***
15992 \f
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
15994 ;;;;;; 63726))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
15996
15997 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
15998
15999 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16000
16001 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16002 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16003
16004 ;;;***
16005 \f
16006 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16007 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
16008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16009
16010 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16011 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16012
16013 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16014 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16015
16016 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16017 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16018
16019 ;;;***
16020 \f
16021 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16023
16024 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16025 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16026 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16027 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16028 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16029
16030 ;;;***
16031 \f
16032 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16033 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16035
16036 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16037 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16038
16039 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16040 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16041 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16042 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16043 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16044 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16045 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16046 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16047
16048 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16049 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16050 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16051 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16052 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16053 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16054 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16055
16056 ;;;***
16057 \f
16058 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
16059 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
16060 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
16061 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
16062 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
16063 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
16064
16065 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
16066 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
16067 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
16068 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
16069 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
16070 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
16071 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
16072
16073 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
16074 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
16075 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
16076 accepting the proposed default buffer.
16077
16078 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16079
16080 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
16081 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
16082 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
16083 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
16084 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
16085 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
16086 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
16087
16088 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
16089 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
16090
16091 First column's text sSs Second column's text
16092 \\___/\\
16093 / \\
16094 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
16095
16096 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16097
16098 ;;;***
16099 \f
16100 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
16101 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
16102 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
16103 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14716 17385))
16104 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
16105
16106 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
16107 Toggle typing break mode.
16108 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
16109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16110 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
16111
16112 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16113
16114 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
16115
16116 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
16117 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
16118
16119 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
16120 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
16121
16122 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
16123 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
16124 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
16125
16126 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
16127 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
16128
16129 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
16130 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16131 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16132
16133 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16134 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16135 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16136 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16137 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16138 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16139
16140 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16141 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16142 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16143 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16144
16145 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16146 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16147
16148 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16149 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16150
16151 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16152 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16153 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16154
16155 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16156 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16157 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16158 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16159 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16160 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16161 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16162
16163 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16164 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16165
16166 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16167 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16168 reset the keystroke counter.
16169
16170 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16171 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16172 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16173 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16174
16175 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16176 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16177 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16178 `type-break-schedule' command.
16179
16180 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16181 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16182 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16183 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16184 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16185 or not to continue.
16186
16187 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16188 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16189 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16190 approximate good values for this.
16191
16192 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16193 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16194
16195 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16196 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16197 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16198 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16199 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16200 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16201
16202 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16203 a typing break occur. They include:
16204
16205 `type-break-query-mode'
16206 `type-break-query-function'
16207 `type-break-query-interval'
16208
16209 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16210
16211 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16212 Take a typing break.
16213
16214 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16215 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16216
16217 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16218 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16219
16220 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16221 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16222 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16223 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16224
16225 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16226 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16227
16228 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16229 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16230 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16231 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16232 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16233 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16234 average typing speed.)
16235
16236 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16237 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16238 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16239 the computed maximum threshold.
16240
16241 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16242 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16243 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16244 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16245 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16246
16247 ;;;***
16248 \f
16249 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16250 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
16251 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16252
16253 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16254 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16255 Works by overstriking underscores.
16256 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16257 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16258
16259 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16260 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16261 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16262 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16263
16264 ;;;***
16265 \f
16266 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16267 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16268 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16269
16270 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16271 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16272 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16273
16274 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16275 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16276 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16277 following the containing message." t nil)
16278
16279 ;;;***
16280 \f
16281 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16282 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
16283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16284
16285 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16286 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16287 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16288 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16289 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16290 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16291
16292 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16293 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16294
16295 ;;;***
16296 \f
16297 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16298 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16300
16301 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16302 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16303 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16304 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16305 to refrain from editing the file
16306 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16307 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16308 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16309 in any way you like." nil nil)
16310
16311 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16312 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16313 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16314 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16315 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16316
16317 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16318 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16319
16320 ;;;***
16321 \f
16322 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16323 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14858 32485))
16324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16325
16326 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16327 Uudecode region between START and END with external decoder.
16328
16329 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16330
16331 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16332 Uudecode region between START and END.
16333 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16334
16335 ;;;***
16336 \f
16337 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16338 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16339 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16340 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16341 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16342 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14845 20872))
16343 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16344
16345 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16346 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16347 See `run-hooks'.")
16348
16349 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
16350 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
16351 See `run-hooks'.")
16352
16353 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
16354 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
16355 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
16356 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
16357 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
16358 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
16359
16360 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
16361 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
16362 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
16363 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
16364 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
16365
16366 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
16367 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
16368
16369 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
16370 it will operate on the file in the current line.
16371
16372 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
16373 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
16374 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
16375 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
16376 lock steals will raise an error.
16377
16378 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
16379
16380 For RCS and SCCS files:
16381 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16382 control.
16383 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
16384 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
16385 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
16386 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
16387 it performs a revert.
16388 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
16389 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
16390 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
16391 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
16392 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
16393 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
16394 the option to steal the lock.
16395
16396 For CVS files:
16397 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16398 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
16399 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
16400 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
16401 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
16402 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
16403 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
16404 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
16405 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
16406
16407 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
16408 Register the current file into a version control system.
16409 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
16410 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
16411
16412 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
16413 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
16414 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
16415 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
16416 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
16417 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
16418
16419 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
16420 Display diffs between file versions.
16421 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
16422 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
16423 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
16424 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
16425
16426 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
16427 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
16428 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
16429 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
16430
16431 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
16432 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
16433 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
16434 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
16435
16436 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
16437 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
16438 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
16439 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
16440 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
16441 from the current branch.
16442
16443 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
16444
16445 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
16446 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
16447 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
16448
16449 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
16450 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
16451
16452 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
16453
16454 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
16455 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
16456
16457 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
16458 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
16459 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
16460 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
16461 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
16462 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
16463
16464 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
16465 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
16466 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
16467 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
16468 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
16469 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
16470
16471 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
16472 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
16473
16474 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
16475 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
16476 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
16477 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
16478 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
16479
16480 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
16481 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
16482 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
16483
16484 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
16485 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
16486
16487 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
16488 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
16489 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
16490 directory.
16491
16492 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
16493
16494 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
16495 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
16496 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
16497
16498 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
16499 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
16500
16501 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
16502 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
16503 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
16504 are displayed in red, old in blue. A prefix argument specifies a
16505 factor for stretching the time scale.
16506
16507 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
16508 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
16509 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
16510 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
16511
16512 ;;;***
16513 \f
16514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14845 20872))
16515 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
16516 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
16517 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
16518 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
16519 (require 'vc-cvs)
16520 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
16521
16522 ;;;***
16523 \f
16524 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
16525 ;;;;;; (14810 62717))
16526 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
16527
16528 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
16529 *Where to look for RCS master files.
16530 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16531
16532 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
16533
16534 ;;;***
16535 \f
16536 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
16537 ;;;;;; (14777 64827))
16538 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
16539
16540 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
16541 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
16542 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16543
16544 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
16545
16546 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
16547 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
16548 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
16549 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
16550
16551 ;;;***
16552 \f
16553 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
16554 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
16555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
16556
16557 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
16558 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
16559
16560 Usage:
16561 ------
16562
16563 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
16564 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
16565 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
16566 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
16567 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
16568 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
16569 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
16570 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
16571 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
16572 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
16573 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16574 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
16575 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
16576 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
16577 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
16578 The following abbreviations can also be used:
16579 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
16580 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
16581 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16582
16583 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
16584 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
16585 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
16586
16587 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
16588 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
16589 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
16590 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
16591 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
16592 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
16593 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
16594 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
16595 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
16596
16597 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
16598 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
16599 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
16600 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
16601 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
16602 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
16603 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
16604 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
16605
16606 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
16607 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
16608 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
16609
16610 - COMMENTS:
16611 `--' puts a single comment.
16612 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
16613 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
16614 comment in between.
16615 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
16616 following lines.
16617 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
16618 uncomments a region if already commented out.
16619
16620 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
16621 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
16622 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
16623 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
16624 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
16625 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
16626 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
16627 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
16628 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
16629 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
16630 multi-line comments.
16631
16632 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
16633 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
16634 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
16635 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
16636 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
16637 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
16638 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
16639 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
16640 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
16641
16642 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
16643 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
16644 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
16645 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
16646 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
16647 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
16648 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
16649 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
16650 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
16651 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
16652
16653 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
16654 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
16655 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
16656 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
16657 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
16658 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
16659 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
16660 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
16661 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
16662 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
16663 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
16664 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
16665 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
16666
16667 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
16668
16669 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
16670 menu).
16671
16672 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
16673
16674 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
16675 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
16676 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
16677 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
16678 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
16679
16680 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
16681 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
16682 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
16683 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
16684 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
16685 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
16686 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
16687 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
16688 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
16689
16690 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
16691 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
16692 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
16693 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
16694 specified.
16695
16696 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
16697 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
16698 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
16699 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
16700 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
16701 the current directory for VHDL source files.
16702
16703 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
16704 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
16705 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
16706 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
16707 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
16708 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
16709 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
16710 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
16711 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
16712 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
16713 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
16714
16715 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
16716 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
16717 Math Packages.
16718
16719 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
16720 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
16721 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
16722 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
16723 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
16724 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
16725 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
16726 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
16727
16728 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
16729 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
16730 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
16731 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
16732 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
16733 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
16734
16735 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
16736 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
16737 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
16738 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
16739 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
16740
16741 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
16742 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
16743 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
16744 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
16745 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
16746
16747 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
16748 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
16749 highlighted if written in lower case.
16750
16751 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
16752 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
16753 is non-nil.
16754
16755 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
16756 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
16757 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
16758
16759 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
16760 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
16761 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
16762
16763 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
16764 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
16765 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
16766
16767 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
16768 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
16769 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
16770 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
16771 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
16772 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
16773 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
16774
16775 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
16776 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
16777 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
16778 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
16779 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
16780
16781 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
16782 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
16783 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
16784 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16785
16786 - HINTS:
16787 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
16788
16789
16790 Maintenance:
16791 ------------
16792
16793 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
16794 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
16795
16796 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
16797
16798 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
16799 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
16800 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
16801 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
16802
16803 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
16804 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
16805 version and release notes can be found.
16806
16807
16808 Bugs and Limitations:
16809 ---------------------
16810
16811 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
16812 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
16813 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
16814 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
16815 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
16816 does not work under XEmacs.
16817
16818
16819 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
16820 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
16821
16822 Key bindings:
16823 -------------
16824
16825 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
16826
16827 ;;;***
16828 \f
16829 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
16830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
16831
16832 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
16833 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
16834 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
16835 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
16836
16837 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
16838 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
16839 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
16840 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
16841 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
16842
16843 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
16844 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
16845
16846 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
16847
16848 * Limitations and unsupported features
16849 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
16850 not supported.
16851 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
16852 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
16853
16854 * Modifications
16855 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
16856 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
16857 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
16858 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
16859 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
16860 for undoing a repeated change command.
16861 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
16862 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
16863 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
16864
16865 * Extensions
16866 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
16867 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
16868 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
16869 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
16870 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
16871 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
16872 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
16873 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
16874
16875 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
16876
16877 ;;;***
16878 \f
16879 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
16880 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
16881 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
16882 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
16883 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
16884
16885 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
16886 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
16887
16888 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
16889 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
16890 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16891 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
16892
16893 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
16894 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
16895
16896 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
16897 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
16898 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16899 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
16900
16901 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
16902 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
16903
16904 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
16905
16906 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
16907
16908 ;;;***
16909 \f
16910 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
16911 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
16912 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14789
16913 ;;;;;; 57836))
16914 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
16915
16916 (defvar view-mode nil "\
16917 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
16918 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
16919 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
16920
16921 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
16922
16923 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
16924 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
16925 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16926 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16927 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16928 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16929 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16930
16931 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16932
16933 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
16934 View FILE in View mode in another window.
16935 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
16936 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16937 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16938 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16939 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16940 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16941
16942 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16943
16944 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
16945 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
16946 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
16947 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16948 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16949 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16950 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16951 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16952
16953 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16954
16955 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
16956 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
16957 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16958 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16959 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16960 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16961 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16962
16963 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
16964
16965 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
16966 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
16967 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
16968
16969 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
16970 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
16971 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
16972 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16973 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16974 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16975 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16976 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16977
16978 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
16979
16980 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
16981 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
16982 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
16983
16984 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
16985 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
16986 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
16987 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16988 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16989 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16990 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16991 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16992
16993 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
16994
16995 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
16996 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
16997 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
16998
16999 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17000 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17001 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17002
17003 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17004 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
17005 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
17006 read-only.
17007 \\<view-mode-map>
17008 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
17009 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
17010 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
17011 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
17012 commands default to a repeat count of one.
17013
17014 H, h, ? This message.
17015 Digits provide prefix arguments.
17016 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
17017 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
17018 > move to the end of buffer.
17019 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
17020 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
17021 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
17022 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
17023 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
17024 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17025 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17026 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17027 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
17028 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17029 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
17030 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
17031 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
17032 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
17033 Use this to view a changing file.
17034 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
17035 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
17036 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
17037 . set the mark.
17038 x exchanges point and mark.
17039 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
17040 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
17041 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
17042 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
17043 ' go to position saved in character register.
17044 s do forward incremental search.
17045 r do reverse incremental search.
17046 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
17047 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
17048 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
17049 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
17050 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
17051 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
17052 p searches backward for last regular expression.
17053 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
17054 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
17055 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
17056 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
17057 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
17058 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
17059 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
17060 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
17061
17062 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
17063 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
17064 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
17065 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
17066 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
17067 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
17068 will return to that buffer.
17069
17070 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17071
17072 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
17073 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
17074 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
17075 `view-return-to-alist'.
17076 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
17077 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
17078 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
17079
17080 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
17081 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
17082 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
17083 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
17084 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
17085 1) nil Do nothing.
17086 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
17087 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
17088 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
17089 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
17090
17091 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17092
17093 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
17094
17095 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
17096 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
17097
17098 ;;;***
17099 \f
17100 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
17102
17103 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
17104 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
17105
17106 ;;;***
17107 \f
17108 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
17109 ;;;;;; (14845 20873))
17110 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
17111
17112 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
17113 Toggle Viper on/off.
17114 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
17115
17116 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
17117 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
17118
17119 ;;;***
17120 \f
17121 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900))
17122 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
17123
17124 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
17125 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
17126
17127 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
17128 hotlist.
17129
17130 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17131 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17132
17133 ;;;***
17134 \f
17135 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
17136 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14813 40531))
17137 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17138
17139 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
17140 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
17141 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17142 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
17143
17144 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
17145
17146 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
17147
17148 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
17149
17150 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
17151 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17152 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17153 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17154
17155 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17156 and off otherwise." t nil)
17157
17158 ;;;***
17159 \f
17160 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
17161 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
17162 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14826 56520))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17164
17165 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17166 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
17167 These are:
17168 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17169 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17170 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17171 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17172 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17173
17174 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17175 and:
17176 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17177 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17178
17179 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17180 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
17181
17182 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17183 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17184
17185 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17186 whitespace problems." t nil)
17187
17188 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17189 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
17190
17191 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
17192 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
17193
17194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17195 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
17196 \(which see).")
17197
17198 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17199
17200 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
17201
17202 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17203 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17204
17205 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17206 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17207
17208 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17209 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17210 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17211 replaced with TABS).
17212 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17213 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17214
17215 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17216
17217 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17218 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17219
17220 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17221 i - Indentation whitespace.
17222 l - Leading whitespace.
17223 s - Space followed by Tab.
17224 t - Trailing whitespace.
17225
17226 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17227 !<y>.
17228
17229 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17230 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17231 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17232 always they default to 8.)
17233
17234 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17235 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17236 even print it.
17237
17238 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17239 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17240 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
17241 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17242 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17243 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17244 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17245 to set smarttab.)
17246
17247 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17248 merge problems.
17249
17250 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17251 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
17252 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
17253
17254 ;;;***
17255 \f
17256 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17257 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14840 890))
17258 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17259
17260 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17261 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17262
17263 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17264 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17265
17266 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17267 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17268
17269 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17270 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17271 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17272
17273 ;;;***
17274 \f
17275 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17276 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14854 32222))
17277 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17278
17279 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17280 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17281 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17282
17283 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17284 Create widget of TYPE.
17285 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17286
17287 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17288 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17289
17290 ;;;***
17291 \f
17292 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17293 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
17294 ;;;;;; 44775))
17295 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17296
17297 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17298 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17299 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17300 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17301 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17302 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17303 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17304
17305 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17306 Select the window above the current one.
17307 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17308 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17309 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17310 negative ARG) of the current window.
17311 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17312
17313 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17314 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17315 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17316 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17317 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17318 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
17319 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17320
17321 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
17322 Select the window below the current one.
17323 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17324 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17325 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
17326 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17327 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17328
17329 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
17330 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
17331
17332 ;;;***
17333 \f
17334 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
17335 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
17336 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
17337
17338 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
17339 Toggle winner-mode.
17340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17341 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
17342
17343 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17344
17345 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
17346
17347 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
17348 Toggle Winner mode.
17349 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17350
17351 ;;;***
17352 \f
17353 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
17354 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14836 3751))
17355 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
17356
17357 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
17358 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
17359 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
17360 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
17361 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
17362 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
17363 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
17364 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
17365
17366 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
17367 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
17368
17369 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
17370 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
17371
17372 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
17373 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
17374 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
17375 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
17376 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
17377 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
17378 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
17379 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
17380
17381 ;;;***
17382 \f
17383 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
17384 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
17385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
17386
17387 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
17388 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
17389
17390 BUGS:
17391 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
17392 are not implemented
17393 - Options for search and replace
17394 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
17395 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
17396
17397 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
17398 Emacs-like.
17399
17400 The key bindings are:
17401
17402 C-a backward-word
17403 C-b fill-paragraph
17404 C-c scroll-up-line
17405 C-d forward-char
17406 C-e previous-line
17407 C-f forward-word
17408 C-g delete-char
17409 C-h backward-char
17410 C-i indent-for-tab-command
17411 C-j help-for-help
17412 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
17413 C-l ws-repeat-search
17414 C-n open-line
17415 C-p quoted-insert
17416 C-r scroll-down-line
17417 C-s backward-char
17418 C-t kill-word
17419 C-u keyboard-quit
17420 C-v overwrite-mode
17421 C-w scroll-down
17422 C-x next-line
17423 C-y kill-complete-line
17424 C-z scroll-up
17425
17426 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
17427 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
17428 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
17429 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
17430 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
17431 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
17432 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
17433 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
17434 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
17435 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
17436 C-k b ws-begin-block
17437 C-k c ws-copy-block
17438 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
17439 C-k f find-file
17440 C-k h ws-show-markers
17441 C-k i ws-indent-block
17442 C-k k ws-end-block
17443 C-k p ws-print-block
17444 C-k q kill-emacs
17445 C-k r insert-file
17446 C-k s save-some-buffers
17447 C-k t ws-mark-word
17448 C-k u ws-exdent-block
17449 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
17450 C-k v ws-move-block
17451 C-k w ws-write-block
17452 C-k x kill-emacs
17453 C-k y ws-delete-block
17454
17455 C-o c wordstar-center-line
17456 C-o b switch-to-buffer
17457 C-o j justify-current-line
17458 C-o k kill-buffer
17459 C-o l list-buffers
17460 C-o m auto-fill-mode
17461 C-o r set-fill-column
17462 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
17463 C-o wd delete-other-windows
17464 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
17465 C-o wo other-window
17466 C-o wv split-window-vertically
17467
17468 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
17469 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
17470 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
17471 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
17472 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
17473 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
17474 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
17475 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
17476 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
17477 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
17478 C-q a ws-query-replace
17479 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
17480 C-q c end-of-buffer
17481 C-q d end-of-line
17482 C-q f ws-search
17483 C-q k ws-to-block-end
17484 C-q l ws-undo
17485 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
17486 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
17487 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
17488 C-q w ws-last-error
17489 C-q y ws-kill-eol
17490 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
17491 " t nil)
17492
17493 ;;;***
17494 \f
17495 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
17496 ;;;;;; 149))
17497 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
17498
17499 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
17500 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
17501 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
17502
17503 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
17504
17505 ;;;***
17506 \f
17507 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
17508 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
17509 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
17510
17511 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
17512 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
17513
17514 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
17515 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
17516
17517 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
17518 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
17519 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
17520
17521 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
17522 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
17523
17524 ;;;***
17525 \f
17526 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14821 31351))
17527 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
17528
17529 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
17530 Zone out, completely." t nil)
17531
17532 ;;;***
17533 \f
17534 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
17535 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028))
17536 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
17537
17538 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
17539 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
17540
17541 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
17542 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
17543
17544 Zone-mode does two things:
17545
17546 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
17547 when saving the file
17548
17549 - fontification" t nil)
17550
17551 ;;;***
17552 \f
17553 ;;; Local Variables:
17554 ;;; version-control: never
17555 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
17556 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
17557 ;;; End:
17558 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here